You are on page 1of 322

2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie

2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram Pickup

DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX


DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX
DTC Description
C1400-00 TRANSFER CASE RANGE SELECT SWITCH
P0602-00 CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR-NOT PROGRAMMED
P0607-00 ECU INTERNAL PERFORMANCE
P0702-00 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM ELECTRICAL
P0706-00 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR PERFORMANCE
P0708-00 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A CIRCUIT HIGH
P0711-00 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT RANGE-
PERFORMANCE
P0712-00 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT LOW
P0713-00 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT HIGH
P0716-00 INPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR 1 PERFORMANCE
P0717-00 INPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT NO SIGNAL
P0721-00 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE
P0722-00 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT NO SIGNAL
P0729-00 GEAR 6 SHIFT INCORRECT RATIO
P0731-00 GEAR 1 SHIFT INCORRECT RATIO
P0732-00 GEAR 2 SHIFT INCORRECT RATIO
P0733-00 GEAR 3 SHIFT INCORRECT RATIO
P0734-00 GEAR 4 SHIFT INCORRECT RATIO
P0735-00 GEAR 5 SHIFT INCORRECT RATIO
P0736-00 GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE
P0777-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B STUCK ON
P077C-00 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
P077D-00 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
P07BF-00 INPUT-TURBINE SHAFT SPEED SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW
P07C0-00 INPUT-TURBINE SHAFT SPEED SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
P0868-00 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE LOW
P0869-00 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE HIGH
P0919-00 GEAR SHIFT POSITION CONTROL ERROR
P0961-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE
P0962-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P0963-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P0965-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT RANGE-
PERFORMANCE

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:34


20:07:27 Page 1
2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

P0966-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW


P0967-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P0969-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE
P0970-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P0971-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P0973-00 SHIFT SOLENOID 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P0974-00 SHIFT SOLENOID 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P1679-00 CALIBRATION NOT LEARNED
P1720-00 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR-WHEEL SPEED RATIONALITY
P1731-00 INCORRECT GEAR ENGAGED
P253D-00 PTO SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH
P2719-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT RANGE-
PERFORMANCE
P2720-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P2721-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P2728-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 5 CONTROL CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE
P2729-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 5 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P2730-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 5 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P2737-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE
P2738-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P2739-00 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P2741-00 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 PERFORMANCE
P2742-00 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW
P2743-00 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH
P2757-00 TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE
P2762-00 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
CONTROL CIRCUIT RANGE-PERFORMANCE
P2763-00 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P2764-00 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID
CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P2803-00 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR B CIRCUIT HIGH
U0001-00 CAN C BUS
U0100-00 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ECM/PCM
U0102-00 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TRANSFER CASE CONTROL MODULE /
AWD
U0121-00 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CONTROL MODULE
U0140-00 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH BODY CONTROL MODULE
U0155-00 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH CLUSTER/CCN
U0401-00 IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM ECM-PCM

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 2


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

U0415-00 IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM ABS


U0465-00 IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM PTO
U1111-00 LOST ODOMETER MESSAGE
U1400-00 IMPLAUSIBLE TPS SIGNAL RECEIVED
U1401-00 IMPLAUSIBLE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL RECEIVED
U1402-00 IMPLAUSIBLE ENGINE TEMPERATURE SIGNAL RECEIVED
U1407-00 IMPLAUSIBLE ENGINE TORQUE REQUEST SIGNAL RECEIVED
U1408-00 IMPLAUSIBLE BRAKE SIGNAL RECEIVED
U140D-00 IMPLAUSIBLE WHEEL SPEED SIGNALS RECEIVED
U1415-00 IMPLAUSIBLE-MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATA
U1420-00 IMPLAUSIBLE ELECTRONIC GEAR SELECT SIGNAL RECEIVED
U1424-00 IMPLAUSIBLE ENGINE TORQUE SIGNAL RECEIVED
U1439-00 IMPLAUSIBLE- MISSING PROGRAMMED AXLE RATIO
U1440-00 IMPLAUSIBLE TRANSFER CASE RATIO HIGH RECEIVED
U1441-00 IMPLAUSIBLE TRANSFER CASE RATIO LOW RECEIVED

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING


C1400-00-TRANSFER CASE RANGE SELECT SWITCH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check if the transfer case status signal received via CAN is valid. The
transfer case status signal is sent by the Body Control Module (BCM) for vehicles equipped with a manual
transfer case, or by the Drive Train Control Module (DTCM) for vehicles equipped with an electronic transfer
case. The transfer case status signal consists of 4WD high, 4WD low, 2WD and neutral. The TCM checks the
transfer case status for a "Signal Not Available" (SNA) or an invalid transfer case status signal. If the transfer
case ratio indicated by the CAN transfer case status, and the transfer case ratio calculated in the TCM, do not
match for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set

WHEN MONITORED

Common Conditions

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

The above conditions are met for 10 seconds.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 3


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and DTCM.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and BCM.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

Condition 1

There are no CAN BCM configuration signal failures.

Condition 2

There are no output speed sensor failures.

There are no linear solenoid failures.

There are no On/Off solenoid failures.

There are no hydraulic pressure circuit failures.

There are no transmission range sensor failures.

There are no gear ratio failures for any previously commanded gears.

There are no CAN message failures between the TCM and ABS module.

There are no CAN message failures between the TCM and ECM.

There are no CAN transfer case status signal not available failures.

There are no CAN axle ratio signal failures.

There are no CAN transfer case ratio signal failures.

There are no CAN wheel speed signal failures.

There are no CAN accelerator pedal position signal failures.

There are no CAN engine speed signal failures.

There are no CAN BCM configuration signal failures.

The transmission range sensor is in Drive.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 4


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

The output speed sensor is equal to or greater than 1500 rpm.

The accelerator pedal position sensor CAN message is equal to or greater than 2%.

The rear wheel speed sensors read between 70 and 1200 rpm.

SET CONDITION

Condition 1

The DTCM or BCM report via CAN message that the transfer case status position signal is not available.

Condition 2

There is a discrepancy between the CAN message transfer case ratio and the TCM calculated transfer case ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CONFIGURED INCORRECTLY
TRANSFER CASE SELECTOR SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. DTC IS ACTIVE

NOTE: Repair all other DTCs first before proceeding with this test.

1. Ignition on, engine not running.


2. With the scan tool, record and erase DTCs.
3. Test drive the vehicle in each Transfer Case Selector Switch position.
4. With the scan tool, read DTCs.

Is the DTC status Active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 5
2. CHECK IF ANY TRANSFER CASE DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the DTCM DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 5


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Are there any DTCM DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 4
4. CHECK IF THE BCM IS CONFIGURED
1. With the scan tool, check the BCM configuration.

Is the BCM properly configured?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to AS69RC
TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST .

No

Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE and perform the BCM programming/configuration


procedure.
5. INTERMITTENT TRANSFER CASE RANGE SELECT SWITCH PERFORMANCE
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
3. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, wiggle test the wiring and connectors.
4. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 6


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
6. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSFER CASE VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete.

P0602-00-CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR-NOT PROGRAMMED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check if the service TCM has been programmed by the dealer service
technician with production software. The service TCM is received at the dealer service location with the
program state bit set as "not programmed" in the TCM's non-volatile memory. This bit will switch to the
"programmed" state when the production transmission software is programmed into the TCM. If this service
procedure is not performed, a fault code will be set when the TCM is powered

WHEN MONITORED

Check for generic software is made at TCM power-up.

SET CONDITION

If generic software is found, the MIL will light immediately. This DTC is designed to signal the technician that
the controller still has generic software installed.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
TCM - PROGRAMMING ERROR

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to AS69RC
PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 7


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR

NOTE: Controller is programmed with generic software and will not allow the correct
vehicle Powertrain management.

1. Record the controller part number.


2. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE and update the controller with the correct software in accordance
with the Service Information.

Verify that the controller updated successfully.

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

P0607-00-ECU INTERNAL PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check for correct TCM (transmission control module) microprocessor
operation. The TCM operation is continuously checked against ROM, RAM, EEPROM, and ALU (Arithmetic
Logic Unit) failures.

WHEN MONITORED

The TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

The engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

SET CONDITION

One or more of the following TCM internal processor failures occur for a calibrated amount of time: ROM
checksum, RAM read & write, EEPROM checksum, or ALU.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 8


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

1. Repair
Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals for
corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits. If
no problems are found, replace and program the TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

P0702-00-TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM ELECTRICAL

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 9


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 1: Power Distribution Center Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check the run position circuit for low or open circuit electrical failures by
continuously monitoring the ON/OFF signal state. The TCM uses the run position signal as a general OBD

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 10


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

enabling condition. If the run position signal state is OFF while the engine is running for a calibrated amount of
time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

The TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

The engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

Ignition switch Run position signal state (as detected via hard wired circuit to the TCM) is OFF for 10 seconds
with engine running.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) DTCS
IGNITION RUN/START RELAY
OPEN FUSE
IGNITION RUN/START CIRCUIT OPEN
IGNITION RUN/START CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 11


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Go To 9
2. CHECK FOR RELATED BCM DTCS
1. With the scan tool, view BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM Ignition Run/Start relay control DTC(s) stored?

Yes

Refer to the DTC INDEX article and perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure.

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK THE (F946) IGNITION RUN/START CIRCUIT
1. Ignition on, engine not running.
2. Using the scan tool, monitor the Ignition Run/Start (Run IG2 Switch) status.

Does the Ignition Run/Start (Run IG2 Switch) status indicate open?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Go To 9
4. CHECK THE F77 FUSE
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Check the F77 fuse.

Was the F77 fuse blown?

Yes

Go To 8

No

Go To 5.
5. CHECK THE (F946) IGNITION RUN/START CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 12


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

3. Ignition on, engine not running.


4. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the (F946) Ignition Run/Start circuit on the
appropriate terminal of TCM C1 harness connector.

NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.

Does the test light illuminate brightly on the (F946) Ignition Run/Start circuit?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals
for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground
circuits. Check for Service Information Tune-ups or Service Bulletins for any possible causes
that may apply. If no problems are found, replace and program the TCM in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 6
6. CHECK THE (F946) IGNITION RUN/START CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Install a substitute Ignition Run/Start relay.
3. Ignition on, engine not running.
4. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the (F946) Ignition Run/Start circuit on the
appropriate terminal of TCM C1 harness connector.

Does the test light illuminate brightly on the (F946) Ignition Run/Start circuit?

Yes

Replace the Ignition Run/Start Relay.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 7
7. CHECK THE (F946) IGNITION RUN/START CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the PDC C3 harness connector.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 13


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

3. Measure the resistance of the (F946) Ignition Run/Start circuit between the TCM C1 harness
connector and the PDC C3 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Repair the (F946) Ignition Run/Start circuit for an open.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 8
8. CHECK THE (F946) IGNITION RUN/START CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (F946) Ignition Run/Start circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k Ohms?

Yes

Repair the (F946) Ignition Run/Start circuit for a short to ground.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals
for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground
circuits. Check for Service Information Tune-ups or Service Bulletins for any possible causes
that may apply. If no problems are found, replace and program the TCM in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
9. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 14


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0706-00-TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 15


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 2: Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of this diagnostic is to check the electrical and rationality performance of the transmission range
sensor (TRS) circuit. The range sensor circuit is connected to the TCM by four independent circuits which
distinguish between the possible shifter positions (park, reverse, neutral, and drive). The shifter position is
determined based upon a 4-bit pattern A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), and PA (T4) which is described below. Three
distinct fault conditions are detected by this diagnostic, open, short to ground or short to voltage.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 16


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

SET CONDITION

The shift position range sensor signal pattern does not correlate to a normal operating pattern for 2 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT
(T1, T3, T4, OR T42) TRS SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
(T1, T3, T4, OR T42) TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T1, T3, T4, OR T42) TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (TRS)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY DTC IS CURRENT

TRS SWITCH STATES


Shift Lever
A (T42) B (T3) C (T1) PA (T4)
Position
P CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
R CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN
N OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
D OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN
Over-Travel (Low
CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
Position)

NOTE: If all switch positions display Open, check the TRS connector for proper
installation, and the (F1) Ignition Unlock/Run/Start circuit for an open or
short to ground.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 17


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

With the scan tool, and observing the table above, shift the gear shift through all positions.

Did all positions match the table above?

Yes

Go To 9

No

Go To 2
2. TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR B (T3)

Was only the B (T3) Switch closed in the park position the error?

Yes

Perform the Shift Cable Adjustment procedure in accordance with the Service Information and
recheck with the table above. Refer to CABLE, SHIFT, ADJUSTMENTS .
If after adjusting the cable the B (T3) switch still shows "Closed" in the park position, check the
circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 3.
3. TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

Was the failure a switch displaying a closed position error?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Go To5.
4. TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (TRS)
1. Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
2. With the scan tool, observe the TRS switch states.

Did all switch states display open?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 18


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Replace the Transmission Range Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To

Refer to 8.

5. TRS SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN


1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit
from the TRS harness connector to the appropriate terminal of the TCM C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes

Repair the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 6
6. TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS
Sense circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k ohms?

Yes

Repair the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 7
7. CHECK TRS SWITCH

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 19


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. Reconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.


2. Using a fused jumper wire, jumper the (F1) Ignition Unlock/Run/Start circuit to the identified A
(T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sensor circuit in the TRS harness connector.
3. Ignition on, engine not running.
4. With the scan tool, monitor the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit.

Does the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit display Closed?

Yes

Replace the Transmission Range Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals
for corrosion, damage or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground
circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
8. TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
1. Reconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
2. Ignition on, engine not running.
3. Measure the voltage of the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit.

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt on the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense
circuit?

Yes

Repair the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals
for corrosion, damage or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground
circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 20


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

PROCEDURE .
9. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. With the scan tool, check the Event Data to help identify the conditions in which the DTC set.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0708-00-TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 21


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 3: Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of this diagnostic is to check the electrical and rationality performance of the transmission range
sensor (TRS) circuit. The range sensor circuit is connected to the TCM by four independent circuits which
distinguish between the possible shifter positions (park, reverse, neutral, and drive). The shifter position is
determined based upon a 4-bit pattern A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), and PA (T4) which is described below. Three
distinct fault conditions are detected by this diagnostic, open, short to ground or short to voltage.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 22


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

The transmission range sensor is in the Park or Neutral position.

SET CONDITION

A position between two adjacent gear indicator positions is detected for a calibrated amount of time, and neither
drive nor reverse position are detected during shift lever movement between the park position, and the neutral
position or the position between neutral and drive, for 1 or more shift lever movements.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT
(T1, T3, T4, OR T42) TRS SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
(T1, T3, T4, OR T42) TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T1, T3, T4, OR T42) TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (TRS)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY DTC IS CURRENT

TRS SWITCH STATES


Shift Lever
A (T42) B (T3) C (T1) PA (T4)
Position
P CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
R CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN
N OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
D OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN
Over-Travel (Low
CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
Position)

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 23


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

NOTE: If all switch positions display Open, check the TRS connector for proper
installation, and the (F1) Ignition Unlock/Run/Start circuit for an open or
short to ground.

With the scan tool, and observing the table above, shift the gear shift through all positions.

Did all positions match the table above?

Yes

Go To 9

No

Go To 2
2. TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR B (T3)

Was only the B (T3) Switch closed in the park position the error?

Yes

Perform the Shift Cable Adjustment procedure in accordance with the Service Information and
recheck with the table above. Refer to CABLE, SHIFT, ADJUSTMENTS .
If after adjusting the cable the B (T3) switch still shows "Closed" in the park position, check the
circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 3.
3. TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

Was the failure a switch displaying a closed position error?

Yes

Go To 4.

No

Go To 5.
4. TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (TRS)
1. Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
2. With the scan tool, observe the TRS switch states.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 24


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Did all switch states display open?

Yes

Replace the Transmission Range Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 8.
5. TRS SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit
from the TRS harness connector to the appropriate terminal of the TCM C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes

Repair the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 6
6. TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS
Sense circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k ohms?

Yes

Repair the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 7

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 25


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

7. CHECK TRS SWITCH


1. Reconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
2. Using a fused jumper wire, jumper the (F1) Ignition Unlock/Run/Start circuit to the identified A
(T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit in the TRS harness connector.
3. Ignition on, engine not running.
4. With the scan tool, monitor the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit.

Does the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit display Closed?

Yes

Replace the Transmission Range Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals
for corrosion, damage or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground
circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
8. TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
1. Reconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
2. Ignition on, engine not running.
3. Measure the voltage of the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit.

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt on the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense
circuit?

Yes

Repair the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals
for corrosion, damage or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground
circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in accordance with the Service
Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 26


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .
9. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. With the scan tool, check the Event Data to help identify the conditions in which the DTC set.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0711-00-TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT RANGE-


PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 27


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 4: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The Transmission Sump Oil Temperature Sensor is used to determine shift schedule selection. Transmission Oil
Temperature is also used in TCC operation. The Transmission Control Module (TCM) monitors the
transmission temperature by comparing Transmission Sump Oil Temperature to Torque Converter Fluid
Temperature and Engine Coolant Temperature after a cold soak, by comparing Transmission Sump Oil

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 28


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

temperature increases in relation to Engine temperature increases, and abnormal changes over time.

WHEN MONITORED

Common Monitoring conditions:

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

No Output Speed Sensor errors are detected.

No Transmission Sump Temperature electrical failures.

No CAN bus failures.

Condition One:

Ignition switch is in the run position for greater than 5 seconds.

Start up transmission oil temperature is between -50° C and 40° C (-58° F and 104° F).

Engine coolant temperature data (CAN) is normal and greater than or equal to 70° C (158° F).

Engine coolant temperature increase is greater than 50° C (90° F).

Output speed sensor greater than 300 rpm for a calibrated amount of time.

Condition Two:

Transmission Sump Temperature is less than 150° C (302° F)

Condition Three:

Ignition in the run position for greater than 5 seconds.

Engine coolant temperature data (CAN) is normal and greater than or equal to 70° C (158° F).

Torque Converter Fluid temperature is greater than 60° C (140° F).

SET CONDITION

Condition One:

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 29


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Change in Transmission Oil Temperature is less than or equal to 2° C (4° F).

Condition Two:

Change in transmission oil temperature is greater than 20° C (36° F) in less than 1 second and transmission oil
temperature is less than 150° C (302° F) for a calibrated amount of time.

Condition Three:

Transmission oil temperature is less than 25° C (77° F) after a calibrated amount of time.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
RELATED ENGINE TEMPERATURE SENSOR DTCS
RELATED TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR DTCS
INTERMITTENT TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK FOR RELATED ENGINE DTCs


1. With the scan tool, view Engine DTCs.

Are there any Engine Coolant DTCs present?

Yes

Refer to the DTC INDEX article and perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure.

No

Go To 2
2. CHECK FOR RELATED TRANSMISSION DTCs
1. With the scan tool, view Transmission DTCs.
2. Record any Transmission Freeze Frame data.

Are there any other Transmission temperature sensor DTCs?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 30


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure.

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK FOR AN ACTIVE DTC
1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Event Data, Environmental Data, and any DTCs.
3. Using the scan tool, erase DTCs
4. Using the recorded Event and Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set
Conditions above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Go To 10
4. COMPARE THE TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE TO ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE

NOTE: To test the Transmission temperature sensor, the engine and


Transmission temperature must be at or below 29.4° C (85° F).

1. With the scan tool, read the Transmission and Engine temperatures.

Is the Transmission temperature within 5° C (9° F) of the engine coolant temperature?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Go To 8
5. CHECK IF THE TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE INCREASES 15 DEGREES OVER 10
MINUTE PERIOD

NOTE: To test the Transmission temperature sensor, the engine and


Transmission temperature must be at or below 29.4° C (85° F).

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 31


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

CAUTION: Apply the parking brake.

1. Start the Engine, firmly apply the brakes and allow the engine to idle in Drive.
2. With the scan tool, monitor the Transmission Temperature.

NOTE: If the Transmission temperature sensor is working properly, the


Transmission temperature should rise at least 8° C (15° F) within a
ten minute period.

3. Did the Transmission temperature increase at a steady rate and rise at least 8° C (15° F) over a 10
minute period?

Yes

Go To 10

No

Go To 6
6. CHECK THE (T54) TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Ignition on, engine not running.
4. With the scan tool, monitor the Transmission Oil Temperature.

Does the Transmission Oil Temperature read -40° C (-40° F) ± 2° C (4° F)?

Yes

Go To 7

No

Perform P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 HIGH as if the DTC is


active.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE (T54) TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A
SHORT TO GROUND
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Connect a jumper wire between the (T54) Transmission Temperature Signal circuit and the (T23)
Sensor Ground circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly C1 harness connector.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 32


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

3. Ignition on, engine not running.


4. With the scan tool, monitor the Transmission Oil Temperature.

Does the Transmission Oil Temperature read 200° C (392° F) ± 2° C (4° F)?

Yes

Go To 8

No

Perform the diagnostic procedure for P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR


1 LOW as if the DTC is active.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
8. CHECK THE TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TYPICAL VALUES FOR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR


TEMPERATURE APPROXIMATE OHM
-30° C (-22° F) 44000 Ohms ± 6600
10° C (50° F) 6455 Ohms ± 645
110° C (230° F) 247 Ohms ± 16
145° C (293° F) 111 Ohms ± 6

1. Turn the ignition off


2. Reconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
4. Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor between the (T54) Transmission
Temperature Signal circuit and the (T23) Sensor ground circuit in the TCM C2 harness connector.
5. Using the chart at the chart above, compare the Temperature Sensor temperature to the correlating
resistance value.

Is the resistance within the specified range when the sensor is at the given temperature?

Yes

Go To 10

No

Go To

Refer to 9.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 33


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and inspect the internal Transmission harness, pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. If no problems are
found, replace the Transmission Sump Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service
Information.
9. CHECK CIRCUITS FOR HIGH RESISTANCE
1. Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and disconnect the Transmission Sump Temperature sensor.
2. Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Signal circuit between the TCM C2
harness connector and the Transmission Sump Temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the (T23) Trans Temp Return circuit between the TCM C2 harness
connector and the Transmission Sump Temperature sensor harness connector.

Did both measurements read below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals
and connectors for corrosion, damage or pushed out terminals. Pay particular attention to the
power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM and perform
programming procedures. Refer to MODULE, TRANSMISSION CONTROL .
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the affect circuit for high resistance.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
10. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 34


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

P0712-00-TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Fig. 5: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 35


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

The Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor is used to determine shift schedule selection. Transmission Oil
Temperature is also used in TCC operation.

WHEN MONITORED

System voltage between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Time since the TCM has been powered on is greater than 5 seconds.

SET CONDITION

The DTC will set if the monitored Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit is less than 0.068 of a volt
for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T54) TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
(T54) TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO (T23) SENSOR
GROUND CIRCUIT
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 36


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 2

No

Go To 5
2. CHECK THE (T54) TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A
SHORT TO GROUND
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
4. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T54) Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal
circuit.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Repair the (T54) Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T54) TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A
SHORT TO (T23) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Measure the resistance between the (T54) Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and
(T23) Sensor Ground circuit in the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T54) Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the (T23)
Sensor Ground circuit.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TYPICAL VALUES FOR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 37


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

TEMPERATURE APPROXIMATE OHM


-30° C (-22° F) 44000 Ohms ± 6600
10° C (50° F) 6455 Ohms ± 645
110° C (230° F) 247 Ohms ± 16
145° C (293° F) 111 Ohms ± 6

1. Turn the ignition off.


2. Reconnect the Transmission Solenoid C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor between the (T54) Transmission
Temperature Signal circuit and the (T23) Sensor Ground circuit in the TCM C2 harness connector.
4. Using the chart at the chart above, compare the Temperature Sensor temperature to the correlating
resistance value.

Is the resistance within the specified range when the sensor is at the given temperature?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.

No

Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and inspect the internal Transmission harness, pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. If no problems are
found, replace the Transmission Sump Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 38


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Test Complete.

P0713-00-TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 39


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 6: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor is used to determine shift schedule selection. Transmission Oil
Temperature is also used in TCC operation.

WHEN MONITORED

System voltage between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Time since the TCM has been powered on is greater than 5 seconds.

SET CONDITION

The Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) will set if the monitored Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit
is greater than 4.98 volts for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T54) TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
(T54) TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(T23) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION HARNESS
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 40


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 6
2. CHECK THE (T54) TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A
SHORT TO VOLTAGE
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connectors.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
4. Ignition on, engine not running.
5. Measure the voltage of the (T54) Transmission Sump Temperature Sensor Signal circuit in the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Repair the (T54) Transmission Sump Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK THE (T54) TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN
OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T54) Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit between the
TCM C2 harness connector and the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 41


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Repair the (T54) Transmission Sump Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T23) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T23) Sensor Ground circuit between the TCM C2 harness connector
and the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T23) Sensor Ground circuit for an open.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TYPICAL VALUES FOR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR


TEMPERATURE APPROXIMATE OHM
-30° C (-22° F) 44000 Ohms ± 6600
10° C (50° F) 6455 Ohms ± 645
110° C (230° F) 247 Ohms ± 16
145° C (293° F) 111 Ohms ± 6

1. Turn the ignition off.


2. Reconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor between the (T54) Transmission
Temperature Signal circuit and the (T23) Sensor Ground circuit in the TCM C2 harness connector.
4. Using the chart at the chart above, compare the Temperature Sensor temperature to the correlating
resistance value.

Is the resistance within the specified range when the sensor is at the given temperature?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 42


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

No

Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and inspect the internal Transmission harness, pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. If no problems are
found, replace the Transmission Sump Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0716-00-INPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR 1 PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 43


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 7: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check if the turbine speed sensor signal is rational by monitoring for either a
missing or invalid speed sensor pulse. The turbine speed sensor is a Hall-Effect sensor with an output range that
alternates between normal high and normal low voltages as the turbine tone wheel rotates. The three rationality
checks are performed continuously by the TCM and include two no signal checks and a negative slope check.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 44


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Output Speed Comparison: If the number of turbine speed sensor pulses is equal to zero while the output
speed sensor signal is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold, a fault code will be set.

Wheel Speed Comparison: If the number of turbine speed sensor pulses is equal to zero while the wheel speed
based calculated output shaft speed value is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold, a fault code will be
set.

Maximum Negative Gradient: If the turbine speed sensor signal decelerates at a rate greater than a calibrated
threshold, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Engine is running and engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Transmission range sensor is not in park or neutral and the transmission is not currently shifting.

No CAN bus DTCs.

No turbine speed sensor electrical failures.

There are no transmission range sensor failures.

Shift position is not in park or neutral and the transmission is not currently shifting.

TCM is not in neutral control mode for a calibrated amount of time.

The turbine speed based calculated output speed is greater than 807 rpm, and the wheel speed-based calculated
output shaft speed is greater than or equal 360 rpm.

SET CONDITION

The turbine speed based calculated output speed deceleration rate is greater than a calibrated threshold. If
turbine speed based calculated output speed is greater than 807 rpm and the deceleration rate is greater than 606
rpm in less than 1 second, or turbine speed based calculated output speed is greater than 2017 rpm and the
deceleration rate is greater than 404 rpm in less than 1 second, or turbine speed based calculated output speed is
greater than 3227 rpm and the deceleration rate is greater than 282 rpm in less than 1 second,

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T52) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T52) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(T52) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 45


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

(T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN


(T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT


1. With the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. With the scan tool, erase DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. With the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go to 2

No

Go to 10
2. CHECK THE TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn the Ignition OFF.
2. Check the Transmission C1 harness connector for proper installation, damage, and corrosion.

Is the connector installed properly and in good condition?

Yes

Reconnect the Transmission C1 Harness connector and Go To 3

No

After properly installing the Transmission C1 harness connector, clear DTCs and retest.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE HARNESS AND SPEED SENSOR RESISTANCE
1. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 46


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

NOTE: The Input Speed Sensor is a Hall Effect sensor. When measuring the
resistance of the sensor, if an open reading is observed, reverse the
leads of the Ohm meter and recheck.

2. Measure the resistance between the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit and the (T69) Input Speed
Sensor Supply circuit.

Is the resistance between 3M Ohms and 5M Ohms?

Yes

Go to 4.

No

Go to 6.
4. CHECK THE HARNESS AND SPEED SENSOR FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit.

Is there continuity between ground and the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit?

Yes

Go to 8.

No

Go to 5.
5. CHECK THE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO ANOTHER CIRCUIT
1. Measure the resistance between the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit and all other circuits at the
TCM C1 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance between the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit and all other circuits
at the TCM C1 harness connector.

NOTE: Continuity between the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit and
the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit does not require a repair.

Is there continuity between the speed sensor circuits and any other circuit in the TCM C1 harness
connector?

Yes

Repair the speed sensor circuit(s) for a short to another circuit.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 47


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals
and connectors for corrosion, damage or pushed out terminals. Pay particular attention to the
power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM and perform
programming procedures. Refer to MODULE, TRANSMISSION CONTROL .
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK (T52) INPUT SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector. Refer to SENSOR, SPEED .
2. Measure the resistance of the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit between the Input Speed Sensor
harness connector and the TCM C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 7

No

Repair the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit for an open.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK (T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Measure the resistance of the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit between the Input Speed
Sensor harness connector and the TCM C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Replace the Input Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to
SENSOR, SPEED .
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
8. CHECK THE (T52) INPUT SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
1. Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector. Refer to SENSOR, SPEED .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 48


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

2. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit at the Input Speed
Sensor harness connector.

Is there continuity between ground and the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit?

Yes

Repair the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go to 9
9. CHECK THE (T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit.

Is there continuity between ground and the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit

Yes

Repair the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Replace the Input Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to
SENSOR, SPEED .
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
10. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.
5. Inspect the Input Speed Sensor for damage and contamination.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 49


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete.

P0717-00-INPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT NO SIGNAL

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 50


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 8: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check if the turbine speed sensor signal is rational by monitoring for either a
missing or invalid speed sensor pulse. The turbine speed sensor is a Hall-Effect sensor with an output range that
alternates between normal high and normal low voltages as the turbine tone wheel rotates. The three rationality
checks are performed continuously by the TCM and include two no signal checks and a negative slope check.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 51


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Output Speed Comparison: If the number of turbine speed sensor pulses is equal to zero while the output
speed sensor signal is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold, a fault code will be set.

Wheel Speed Comparison: If the number of turbine speed sensor pulses is equal to zero while the wheel speed
based calculated output shaft speed value is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold, a fault code will be
set.

Maximum Negative Gradient: If the turbine speed sensor signal decelerates at a rate greater than a calibrated
threshold, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

Common Conditions:

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no Ignition Switch DTCs set.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

No Ignition switch failures.

No turbine speed sensor failures.

No CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and PCM.

Transmission range sensor position is not in park or neutral and the transmission is not currently shifting.

Condition 1

There are no transmission range sensor failures.

The output shaft speed is equal to or greater than 250 rpm.

The above conditions are met for 4 seconds.

Condition 2

There are no CAN message failures between the TCM and ESC

Wheel speed based calculated output speed is equal to or greater than 360 rpm.

SET CONDITION

Condition 1

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 52


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

The number of input speed sensor pulses is equal to zero while the number of output speed sensor pulses is
greater than or equal to 64 pulses for a calibrated amount of continuous occurrences.

Condition 2

The turbine speed based calculated output speed is zero for a calibrated amount of time.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T52) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T52) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(T52) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
(T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT


1. With the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. With the scan tool, erase DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. With the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go to 2

No

Go to 10
2. CHECK THE TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn the Ignition OFF.
2. Check the Transmission C1 harness connector for proper installation, damage, and corrosion.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 53


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Is the connector installed properly and in good condition?

Yes

Reconnect the Transmission C1 Harness connector and Go To 3

No

After properly installing the Transmission C1 harness connector, clear DTCs and retest.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE HARNESS AND SPEED SENSOR RESISTANCE
1. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector

NOTE: The Input Speed Sensor is a Hall Effect sensor. When measuring the
resistance of the sensor, if an open reading is observed, reverse the
leads of the Ohm meter and recheck.

2. Measure the resistance between the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit and the (T69) Input Speed
Sensor Supply circuit.

Is the resistance between 3M Ohms and 5M Ohms?

Yes

Go to 4.

No

Go to 6.
4. CHECK THE HARNESS AND SPEED SENSOR FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit.

Is there continuity between ground and the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit?

Yes

Go to 8.

No

Go to 5.
5. CHECK THE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO ANOTHER CIRCUIT
1. Measure the resistance between the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit and all other circuits at the
TCM C1 harness connector.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 54


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

2. Measure the resistance between the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit and all other circuits
at the TCM C1 harness connector.

NOTE: Continuity between the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit and
the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit does not require a repair.

Is there continuity between the speed sensor circuits and any other circuit in the TCM C1 harness
connector?

Yes

Repair the speed sensor circuit(s) for a short to another circuit.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals
and connectors for corrosion, damage or pushed out terminals. Pay particular attention to the
power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM and perform
programming procedures. Refer to MODULE, TRANSMISSION CONTROL
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK (T52) INPUT SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector. Refer to SENSOR, SPEED .
2. Measure the resistance of the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit between the Input Speed Sensor
harness connector and the TCM C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 7

No

Repair the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit for an open.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK (T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Measure the resistance of the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit between the Input Speed
Sensor harness connector and the TCM C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 55


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Replace the Input Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to
SENSOR, SPEED .
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
8. CHECK THE (T52) INPUT SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
1. Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector. Refer to SENSOR, SPEED .
2. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit at the Input Speed
Sensor harness connector.

Is there continuity between ground and the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit?

Yes

Repair the (T52) Input Speed Signal circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go to 9
9. CHECK THE (T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit.

Is there continuity between ground and the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit

Yes

Repair the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Supply circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Replace the Input Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to
SENSOR, SPEED .
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 56


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

PROCEDURE .
10. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.
5. Inspect the Input Speed Sensor for damage and contamination.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete.

P0721-00-OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 57


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 9: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check if the output speed sensor signal is rational by monitoring for either a
missing or invalid speed sensor signal. The output speed sensor is a Hall Effect sensor with an output range that
alternates between normal high and normal low voltages as the output shaft tone wheel rotates. The three
rationality checks performed by the TCM include a turbine speed comparison check, a maximum negative

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 58


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

gradient check, and a wheel speed comparison check.

Turbine Speed Comparison: If number of output speed sensor pulses is equal to zero while the number of
turbine speed sensor pulses is greater than or equal to a threshold for a calibrated number of continuous
occurrences, a fault code will be set.

Maximum Negative Gradient: If the output speed sensor signal decelerates at a rate greater than a threshold, a
fault code will be set.

Wheel Speed Comparison: If the number of output speed sensor pulses is equal to zero while the wheel speed-
based calculated output shaft speed is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold, a fault code will be set.

Wheel Speed Delta: If the absolute value of the difference between the measured output shaft speed and the
wheel speed-based calculated output shaft speed is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold, a fault code
will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM Supply Voltage is between 10-16 volts.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no run position switch failures.

There are no shift range sensor failures.

There are no output speed sensor failures.

The shift range indicator is not in either the park or neutral position.

One or more of following failures is present.

Turbine speed sensor failure.

Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) message failure between the TCM and ESC.

Message Counter (MC) message failure or between the TCM and ESC.

Loss of communication failure between TCM and ESC.

Wheel speed Signal Not Available (SNA) failure.

Output speed is greater than 807 rpm

SET CONDITION

The output speed sensor signal decelerates at a rate greater than a threshold. If output speed is greater than or

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 59


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

equal to 807 rpm and the decelerate rate is equal to 606 rpm in less than 1 second, or output speed is greater
than or equal to 2017 rpm and the decelerate rate is equal to 404 rpm in less than 1 second, or output speed is
greater than or equal to 3227 rpm and the decelerate rate is equal to 282 rpm in less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
(T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK FOR AN ACTIVE DTC


1. With the scan tool, read TCM DTCs and record on the repair order.
2. Record the Event Data and Environmental Data.
3. With the scan tool, erase DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Event and Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set
Conditions above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC return?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Go To 10
2. CHECK THE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Check the Output Speed Sensor harness connector for proper installation.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 60


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Was the Output Speed Sensor harness connector properly connected?

Yes

Go To 3

No

After properly installing the Output Speed Sensor harness connector, clear DTCs and retest.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
3. Turn the ignition on.
4. Measure the voltage of the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit.

Is the voltage 8 volts ± 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Go To 8
4. CHECK THE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor between the Output Speed Sensor terminals.

NOTE: The Output Speed Sensor is a Hall Effect sensor. When measuring
the resistance of the sensor, if an open reading is observed, reverse
the leads of the Ohm meter and recheck.

Is the resistance between 3M Ohms and 5M Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Replace Output Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 61


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. CHECK THE (T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit between the TCM C1
harness connector and the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k Ohms?

Yes

Repair the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 7
7. CHECK THE (T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
1. Turn the ignition on.
2. Measure the voltage of the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the TCM C1 harness
connector.

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Repair the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 62


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or pushed out terminals. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
8. CHECK THE (T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit between the TCM
C1 harness connector and the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 9

No

Repair the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit for an open.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
9. CHECK THE (T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT
TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k Ohms?

Yes

Repair the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit for a short to ground.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or pushed out terminals. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
10. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 63


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.


4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
6. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.
7. Inspect the Output Speed Sensor for damage and contamination.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete.

P0722-00-OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT NO SIGNAL

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 64


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 10: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check if the output speed sensor signal is rational by monitoring for either a
missing or invalid speed sensor signal. The output speed sensor is a Hall Effect sensor with an output range that
alternates between normal high and normal low voltages as the output shaft tone wheel rotates. The three
rationality checks performed by the TCM include a turbine speed comparison check, a maximum negative

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 65


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

gradient check, and a wheel speed comparison check.

Turbine Speed Comparison: If number of output speed sensor pulses is equal to zero while the number of
turbine speed sensor pulses is greater than or equal to a threshold for a calibrated number of continuous
occurrences, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM Supply Voltage is between 10-16 volts.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no run position switch failures.

There are no shift range sensor failures.

There are no output speed sensor failures.

There are no gear ratio failures.

There are no linear solenoid (No. 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5) failures.

There are no hydraulic pressure sensor circuit failures.

There are no CAN bus failures.

There are no CAN message failures between the TCM and ESC.

There are no wheel speed CAN signal failures.

Shift position is in drive and is not currently shifting.

TCM is not in neutral control mode.

Turbine speed based calculated output speed is greater than 360 rpm

OR

Wheel speed based calculated output speed is greater than 360 rpm.

TCM command is in 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6th gear.

SET CONDITION

The number of output speed sensor pulses is equal to zero

Turbine speed sensor pulse is greater than or equal to 97 pulses.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 66


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Number of continuous occurrences the above conditions are met is greater than 1.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
(T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK FOR AN ACTIVE DTC


1. With the scan tool, read TCM DTCs and record on the repair order.
2. Record the Event Data and Environmental Data.
3. With the scan tool, erase DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Event and Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set
Conditions above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC return?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Go To 10
2. CHECK THE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Check the Output Speed Sensor harness connector for proper installation.

Was the Output Speed Sensor harness connector properly connected?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 67


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 3

No

After properly installing the Output Speed Sensor harness connector, clear DTCs and retest.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
3. Turn the ignition on.
4. Measure the voltage of the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit.

Is the voltage 8 volts ± 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Go To 8
4. CHECK THE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor between the Output Speed Sensor terminals.

NOTE: The Output Speed Sensor is a Hall Effect sensor. When measuring
the resistance of the sensor, if an open reading is observed, reverse
the leads of the Ohm meter and recheck.

Is the resistance between 3M Ohms and 5M Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Replace Output Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Turn the ignition off.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 68


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.


3. Measure the resistance of the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit between the TCM C1
harness connector and the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k Ohms?

Yes

Repair the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 7
7. CHECK THE (T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
1. Turn the ignition on.
2. Measure the voltage of the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the TCM C1 harness
connector.

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Repair the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 69


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or pushed out terminals. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
8. CHECK THE (T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit between the TCM
C1 harness connector and the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 9

No

Repair the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit for an open.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
9. CHECK THE (T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT
TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k Ohms?

Yes

Repair the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit for a short to ground.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or pushed out terminals. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
10. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 70


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
6. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.
7. Inspect the Output Speed Sensor for damage and contamination.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete.

P0729-00-GEAR 6 SHIFT INCORRECT RATIO

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of this diagnostic is to check the rationality between the input speed sensor and the output speed
sensor. Transmission input speed should be synchronized with output speed. The calculated input speed is
determined by multiplying the output speed sensor signal and the gear ratio for each gear. The malfunction
conditions which can cause a difference between the calculated and measured input speeds include input speed
sensor failures, output speed sensor failures, solenoid failures, hydraulic system failures, gear failures, and
clutch failures.

WHEN MONITORED

The TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

The engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm or the turbine speed is greater than or
equal to 550 rpm.

Time elapsed since one of the above conditions met is less than ten seconds.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no output speed sensor failures.

The Output speed is greater than a calibrated rpm.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 71


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

There are no linear solenoid failures.

There are no ON/OFF solenoid failures.

There are no hydraulic pressure circuit failures.

There are no shift range sensor failures.

Shift range indicator position is D.

There are no turbine speed sensor failures.

TCM gear commanded is equal to the gear that the DTC is set for.

Transmission is not currently shifting.

Transmission sump temperature is greater than -19°C (-2°F).

No gear ratio failures for any other gear.

SET CONDITION

The failure is detected if the difference between the measured input speed and the calculated input speed is
greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

CHECK FOR INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM

NOTE: Transmission gear ratio errors can be caused by intermittent speed sensor(s)
errors. If there are any speed sensor DTCs set, perform the speed sensor
diagnostic test before diagnosing any gear ratio error DTC. Review the event
data and the When Monitored and Set Conditions for the DTC and attempt to
duplicate the condition the DTC set.

Determine if there are any Transmission mechanical problems present.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 72


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and inspect for excessive debris or a plugged Transmission Oil Filter.
2. Inspect valve body for foreign material.

Is there any Transmission mechanical problems present?

Yes

Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins, terminals,
and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power
and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the TCM in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

P0731-00-GEAR 1 SHIFT INCORRECT RATIO

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of this diagnostic is to check the rationality between the input speed sensor and the output speed
sensor. Transmission input speed should be synchronized with output speed. The calculated input speed is
determined by multiplying the output speed sensor signal and the gear ratio for each gear. The malfunction
conditions which can cause a difference between the calculated and measured input speeds include input speed
sensor failures, output speed sensor failures, solenoid failures, hydraulic system failures, gear failures, and
clutch failures.

WHEN MONITORED

The TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

The engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm or the turbine speed is greater than or
equal to 550 rpm.

Time elapsed since one of the above conditions met is less than ten seconds.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no output speed sensor failures.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 73


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

The Output speed is greater than a calibrated rpm.

There are no linear solenoid failures.

There are no ON/OFF solenoid failures.

There are no hydraulic pressure circuit failures.

There are no shift range sensor failures.

Shift range indicator position is D.

There are no turbine speed sensor failures.

TCM gear commanded is equal to the gear that the DTC is set for.

Transmission is not currently shifting.

Transmission sump temperature is greater than -19°C (-2°F).

No gear ratio failures for any other gear.

SET CONDITION

The failure is detected if the difference between the measured input speed and the calculated input speed is
greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

CHECK FOR INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM

NOTE: Transmission gear ratio errors can be caused by intermittent speed sensor(s)
errors. If there are any speed sensor DTCs set, perform the speed sensor
diagnostic test before diagnosing any gear ratio error DTC. Review the event
data and the When Monitored and Set Conditions for the DTC and attempt to
duplicate the condition the DTC set.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 74


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Determine if there are any Transmission mechanical problems present.

1. Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and inspect for excessive debris or a plugged Transmission Oil Filter.
2. Inspect valve body for foreign material.

Is there any Transmission mechanical problems present?

Yes

Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins, terminals,
and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power
and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the TCM in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

P0732-00-GEAR 2 SHIFT INCORRECT RATIO

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of this diagnostic is to check the rationality between the input speed sensor and the output speed
sensor. Transmission input speed should be synchronized with output speed. The calculated input speed is
determined by multiplying the output speed sensor signal and the gear ratio for each gear. The malfunction
conditions which can cause a difference between the calculated and measured input speeds include input speed
sensor failures, output speed sensor failures, solenoid failures, hydraulic system failures, gear failures, and
clutch failures.

WHEN MONITORED

The TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

The engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm or the turbine speed is greater than or
equal to 550 rpm.

Time elapsed since one of the above conditions met is less than ten seconds.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 75


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

There are no output speed sensor failures.

The Output speed is greater than a calibrated rpm.

There are no linear solenoid failures.

There are no ON/OFF solenoid failures.

There are no hydraulic pressure circuit failures.

There are no shift range sensor failures.

Shift range indicator position is D.

There are no turbine speed sensor failures.

TCM gear commanded is equal to the gear that the DTC is set for.

Transmission is not currently shifting.

Transmission sump temperature is greater than -19°C (-2°F).

No gear ratio failures for any other gear.

SET CONDITION

The failure is detected if the difference between the measured input speed and the calculated input speed is
greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

CHECK FOR INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM

NOTE: Transmission gear ratio errors can be caused by intermittent speed sensor(s)
errors. If there are any speed sensor DTCs set, perform the speed sensor
diagnostic test before diagnosing any gear ratio error DTC. Review the event
data and the When Monitored and Set Conditions for the DTC and attempt to

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 76


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

duplicate the condition the DTC set.

Determine if there are any Transmission mechanical problems present.

1. Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and inspect for excessive debris or a plugged Transmission Oil Filter.
2. Inspect valve body for foreign material.

Is there any Transmission mechanical problems present?

Yes

Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins, terminals,
and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power
and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the TCM in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

P0733-00-GEAR 3 SHIFT INCORRECT RATIO

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of this diagnostic is to check the rationality between the input speed sensor and the output speed
sensor. Transmission input speed should be synchronized with output speed. The calculated input speed is
determined by multiplying the output speed sensor signal and the gear ratio for each gear. The malfunction
conditions which can cause a difference between the calculated and measured input speeds include input speed
sensor failures, output speed sensor failures, solenoid failures, hydraulic system failures, gear failures, and
clutch failures.

WHEN MONITORED

The TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

The engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm or the turbine speed is greater than or
equal to 550 rpm.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 77


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

There are no output speed sensor failures.

There are no turbine speed sensor failures.

There are no linear solenoid failures.

There are no ON/OFF solenoid failures.

There are no hydraulic pressure circuit failures.

There are no transmission range sensor failures.

The transmission range sensor is in the Drive position.

The transmission is not currently shifting.

The transmission sump temperature is greater than or equal to -19° C (-2° F) for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears.

There are no gear ratio failures for any previously commanded gears.

SET CONDITION

The failure is detected if the difference between the measured input speed and the calculated input speed is
greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

CHECK FOR INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM

NOTE: Transmission gear ratio errors can be caused by intermittent speed sensor(s)
errors. If there are any speed sensor DTCs set, perform the speed sensor
diagnostic test before diagnosing any gear ratio error DTC. Review the event
data and the When Monitored and Set Conditions for the DTC and attempt to
duplicate the condition the DTC set.

Determine if there are any Transmission mechanical problems present.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:28 Page 78


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and inspect for excessive debris or a plugged Transmission Oil Filter.
2. Inspect valve body for foreign material.

Is there any Transmission mechanical problems present?

Yes

Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins, terminals,
and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power
and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the TCM in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

P0734-00-GEAR 4 SHIFT INCORRECT RATIO

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of this diagnostic is to check the rationality between the input speed sensor and the output speed
sensor. Transmission input speed should be synchronized with output speed. The calculated input speed is
determined by multiplying the output speed sensor signal and the gear ratio for each gear. The malfunction
conditions which can cause a difference between the calculated and measured input speeds include input speed
sensor failures, output speed sensor failures, solenoid failures, hydraulic system failures, gear failures, and
clutch failures.

WHEN MONITORED

The TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

The engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm or the turbine speed is greater than or
equal to 550 rpm.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no output speed sensor failures.

There are no turbine speed sensor failures.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 79


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

There are no linear solenoid failures.

There are no ON/OFF solenoid failures.

There are no hydraulic pressure circuit failures.

There are no transmission range sensor failures.

The transmission range sensor is in the Drive position.

The transmission is not currently shifting.

The transmission sump temperature is greater than or equal to -19° C (-2° F) for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears.

There are no gear ratio failures for any previously commanded gears.

SET CONDITION

The failure is detected if the difference between the measured input speed and the calculated input speed is
greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

CHECK FOR INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM

NOTE: Transmission gear ratio errors can be caused by intermittent speed sensor(s)
errors. If there are any speed sensor DTCs set, perform the speed sensor
diagnostic test before diagnosing any gear ratio error DTC. Review the event
data and the When Monitored and Set Conditions for the DTC and attempt to
duplicate the condition the DTC set.

Determine if there are any Transmission mechanical problems present.

1. Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and inspect for excessive debris or a plugged Transmission Oil Filter.
2. Inspect valve body for foreign material.

Is there any Transmission mechanical problems present?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 80


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins, terminals,
and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power
and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the TCM in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

P0735-00-GEAR 5 SHIFT INCORRECT RATIO

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of this diagnostic is to check the rationality between the input speed sensor and the output speed
sensor. Transmission input speed should be synchronized with output speed. The calculated input speed is
determined by multiplying the output speed sensor signal and the gear ratio for each gear. The malfunction
conditions which can cause a difference between the calculated and measured input speeds include input speed
sensor failures, output speed sensor failures, solenoid failures, hydraulic system failures, gear failures, and
clutch failures.

WHEN MONITORED

The TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

The engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm or the turbine speed is greater than or
equal to 550 rpm.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no output speed sensor failures.

There are no turbine speed sensor failures.

There are no linear solenoid failures.

There are no ON/OFF solenoid failures.

There are no hydraulic pressure circuit failures.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 81


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

TCM gear commanded is 5.

There are no transmission range sensor failures.

The transmission range sensor is in the Drive position.

The transmission is not currently shifting.

The transmission sump temperature is greater than or equal to -19° C (-2° F) for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears.

There are no gear ratio failures for any previously commanded gears.

SET CONDITION

The failure is detected if the difference between the measured input speed and the calculated input speed is
greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

CHECK FOR INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM

NOTE: Transmission gear ratio errors can be caused by intermittent speed sensor(s)
errors. If there are any speed sensor DTCs set, perform the speed sensor
diagnostic test before diagnosing any gear ratio error DTC. Review the event
data and the When Monitored and Set Conditions for the DTC and attempt to
duplicate the condition the DTC set.

Determine if there are any Transmission mechanical problems present.

1. Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and inspect for excessive debris or a plugged Transmission Oil Filter.
2. Inspect valve body for foreign material.

Is there any Transmission mechanical problems present?

Yes

Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 82


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins, terminals,
and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power
and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the TCM in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

P0736-00-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of this diagnostic is to check the rationality between the input speed sensor and the output speed
sensor. Transmission input speed should be synchronized with output speed. The calculated input speed is
determined by multiplying the output speed sensor signal and the gear ratio for each gear. The malfunction
conditions which can cause a difference between the calculated and measured input speeds include input speed
sensor failures, output speed sensor failures, solenoid failures, hydraulic system failures, gear failures, and
clutch failures.

WHEN MONITORED

The TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

The engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm or the turbine speed is greater than or
equal to 550 rpm.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no output speed sensor failures.

There are no turbine speed sensor failures.

There are no linear solenoid failures.

There are no ON/OFF solenoid failures.

There are no hydraulic pressure circuit failures.

There are no transmission range sensor failures.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 83


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

The transmission range sensor is in the Reverse position.

The transmission is not currently shifting.

The transmission sump temperature is greater than or equal to -9° C (16° F).

There are no gear ratio failures for any previously commanded gears.

SET CONDITION

The failure is detected if the difference between the measured input speed and the calculated input speed is
greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

CHECK FOR INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM

NOTE: Transmission gear ratio errors can be caused by intermittent speed sensor(s)
errors. If there are any speed sensor DTCs set, perform the speed sensor
diagnostic test before diagnosing any gear ratio error DTC. Review the event
data and the When Monitored and Set Conditions for the DTC and attempt to
duplicate the condition the DTC set.

Determine if there are any Transmission mechanical problems present.

1. Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and inspect for excessive debris or a plugged Transmission Oil Filter.
2. Inspect valve body for foreign material.

Is there any Transmission mechanical problems present?

Yes

Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 84


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins, terminals,
and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power
and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the TCM in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

P0777-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B STUCK ON

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 85


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 11: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 1 valve for functional failures by monitoring
the clutch engagement time during the neutral to drive shift event for valve stuck on conditions. The TCM
controls each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure.
The solenoid will be disabled by a ground interrupt switch when any transmission solenoid failure is detected.
The TCM detects a valve stuck on condition by measuring the clutch engagement time between the commanded
pressure and the resulting change in turbine speed. If a valve stuck on condition is detected for a calibrated
number of occurrences, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

No Turbine Speed Sensor failures.

No Linear or ON/OFF Solenoid failures.

No transmission range sensor failures.

No CAN bus failures.

No gear ratio error DTCs.

Output speed is less than 250 rpm for a Neutral to Drive shift.

Output speed is greater than 250 rpm for or a 4th to 5th gear shift.

CAN accelerator pedal position is less than or equal to 3%.

Transmission sump temperature is greater than or equal to 40° C (104° F).

A Neutral to Drive shift is in progress or a 4th to 5th gear shift is in progress.

SET CONDITION

The clutch engagement time between the commanded pressure and the resulting change in turbine speed is less
than or equal to a calibrated amount of time for a Neutral to Drive shift and a greater calibrated amount of time

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 86


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

for a 4th to 5th gear shift for 5 occurrences.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 1 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 87


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 1 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 1 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T813) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T813) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T813) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T813) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 88


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. Measure the resistance of the (T812) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T812) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T812) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T812) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 89


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P077C-00-OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 90


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 12: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check the output speed sensor circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the sensor output circuit for voltage high, low, or open conditions. The output speed sensor is a hall-
effect sensor that has an output range that alternates between normal high and normal low voltages as the
turbine tone wheel rotates. If the measured output speed sensor output circuit voltage is greater than or equal to

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 91


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

a calibrated high threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or
open) for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

SET CONDITION

Output speed sensor output circuit voltage is less than or equal to 0.225 volts for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
(T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK FOR AN ACTIVE DTC


1. With the scan tool, read TCM DTCs and record on the repair order.
2. Record the Event Data and Environmental Data.
3. With the scan tool, erase DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Event and Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set
Conditions above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC return?

Yes

Go To 2

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 92


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Go To 9
2. CHECK THE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Check the Output Speed Sensor harness connector for proper installation.

Was the Output Speed Sensor harness connector properly connected?

Yes

Go To 3

No

After properly installing the Output Speed Sensor harness connector, clear DTCs and retest.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
3. Turn the ignition on.
4. Measure the voltage of the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit.

Is the voltage 8 volts ± 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Go To 7
4. CHECK THE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
1. Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor between the Output Speed Sensor terminals.

NOTE: The Output Speed Sensor is a Hall Effect sensor. When measuring
the resistance of the sensor, if an open reading is observed, reverse
the leads of the Ohm meter and recheck.

Is the resistance between 3M Ohms and 5M Ohms?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 93


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 5

No

Replace Output Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit between the TCM C1
harness connector and the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k Ohms?

Yes

Repair the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or pushed out terminals. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE (T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit between the TCM
C1 harness connector and the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 94


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 8

No

Repair the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit for an open.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
8. CHECK THE (T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT
TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k Ohms?

Yes

Repair the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit for a short to ground.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or pushed out terminals. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
9. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
6. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 95


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete.

P077D-00-OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 96


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 13: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check the output speed sensor circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the sensor output circuit for voltage high, low, or open conditions. The output speed sensor is a hall-
effect sensor that has an output range that alternates between normal high and normal low voltages as the
turbine tone wheel rotates. If the measured output speed sensor output circuit voltage is greater than or equal to

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 97


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

a calibrated high threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or
open) for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

SET CONDITION

Output speed sensor circuit voltage is greater than or equal to 1.821 volts for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 98


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 2

No

Go To 5
2. CHECK THE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Check the Output Speed Sensor harness connector for proper installation.

Was the Output Speed Sensor harness connector properly connected?

Yes

Go To 3

No

After properly installing the Output Speed Sensor harness connector, clear DTCs and retest.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
1. Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor between the Output Speed Sensor terminals.

NOTE: The Output Speed Sensor is a Hall Effect sensor. When measuring
the resistance of the sensor, if an open reading is observed, reverse
the leads of the Ohm meter and recheck.

Is the resistance between 3M Ohms and 5M Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Replace Output Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the voltage of the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the TCM C1 harness
connector.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 99


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Repair the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P07BF-00-INPUT-TURBINE SHAFT SPEED SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 100


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 14: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check the turbine speed sensor circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the sensor output circuit for voltage high, low, or open conditions. The turbine speed sensor is a Hall
Effect sensor that has an output range that alternates between normal high and normal low voltages as the
turbine tone wheel rotates. If the measured turbine speed sensor output circuit voltage is greater than or equal to

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 101


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

a calibrated high threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or
open) for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than 550 rpm.

SET CONDITION

Input speed sensor output circuit voltage is less than or equal to 0.225 volts for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T52) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T52) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
(T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK FOR AN ACTIVE DTC


1. With the scan tool, read TCM DTCs and record on the repair order.
2. Record the Event Data and Environmental Data.
3. With the scan tool, erase DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Event and Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set
Conditions above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC return?

Yes

Go To 2

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 102


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Go To 9
2. CHECK THE INPUT SPEED SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Check the Transmission C1 harness connector for proper installation.

Was the Transmission C1 harness connector properly connected?

Yes

Go To 3

No

After properly installing the Transmission C1 harness connector, clear DTCs and retest.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission C1 harness connector.
3. Turn the ignition on.
4. Measure the voltage of the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit.

Is the voltage 8 volts ± 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Go To 7
4. CHECK THE INPUT SPEED SENSOR
1. Measure the resistance of the Input Speed Sensor between the Transmission C1 connector
terminals.

NOTE: The Input Speed Sensor is a Hall Effect sensor. When measuring the
resistance of the sensor, if an open reading is observed, reverse the
leads of the Ohm meter and recheck.

Is the resistance between 3M Ohms and 5M Ohms?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 103


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 5

No

Replace Input Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T52) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the (T52) Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit between the TCM C1 harness
connector and the Transmission C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T52) Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T52) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T52) Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k Ohms?

Yes

Repair the (T52) Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or pushed out terminals. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE (T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit between the TCM
C1 harness connector and the Transmission C1 harness connector.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 104


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 8

No

Repair the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit for an open.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
8. CHECK THE (T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k Ohms?

Yes

Repair the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit for a short to ground.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or pushed out terminals. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
9. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
6. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.
7. Inspect the Input Speed Sensor for damage and contamination.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 105


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Repair as necessary.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete.

P07C0-00-INPUT-TURBINE SHAFT SPEED SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 106


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 15: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check the turbine speed sensor circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the sensor output circuit for voltage high, low, or open conditions. The turbine speed sensor is a Hall
Effect sensor that has an output range that alternates between normal high and normal low voltages as the
turbine tone wheel rotates. If the measured turbine speed sensor output circuit voltage is greater than or equal to

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 107


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

a calibrated high threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or
open) for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

SET CONDITION

Input speed sensor circuit voltage is greater than or equal to 1.821 volts for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T52) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Event Data, Environmental Data, and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Event and Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set
Conditions above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 108


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 2

No

Go To 6
2. CHECK THE INPUT SPEED SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Check the Transmission C1 connector for proper installation.

Was the Transmission C1 harness connector properly connected?

Yes

Go To 3

No

After properly installing the Transmission C1 harness connector, clear DTCs and retest.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE INPUT SPEED SENSOR

NOTE: The Input Speed Sensor is a Hall Effect sensor. When measuring the
resistance of the sensor, if an open reading is observed, reverse the leads
of the Ohm meter and recheck.

1. Measure the resistance of the Input Speed Sensor between the Transmission C1 connector
terminals.

Is the resistance between 3M Ohms and 5M Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Replace Input Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T52) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the voltage of the (T52) Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the TCM C1 harness
connector.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 109


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Repair the (T52) Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 5
5. CHECK THE (T69) INPUT SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR HIGH RESISTANCE
1. Measure the resistance of the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit between the TCM
C1 harness connector and the Transmission C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T69) Input Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit for an open or high resistance.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.
7. Inspect the Input Speed Sensor for damage and contamination.

Were there any problems found?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 110


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete.

P0868-00-TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 111


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 16: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check brake No. 2 clutch pressure circuit for hydraulic failures by
continuously monitoring the actual (ON/OFF) state of the brake No. 2 clutch pressure switch. If the pressure
switch state is ON (pressure high) while the TCM commanded pressure is less than or equal to a calibrated
threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set. If the pressure switch state is OFF (pressure

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 112


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

low) while the TCM commanded pressure is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated
amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

No CAN bus failures.

No Turbine Speed Sensor DTCs set.

No Linear or On/Off Solenoid DTCs set.

No transmission range sensor DTCs set.

No hydraulic pressure circuit high DTCs set.

No gear ratio failures for any previously commanded gears.

The transmission is not currently shifting for a calibrated amount of time.

Linear solenoid No. 5 command pressure is greater than or equal to 600 kPa (102 psi).

SET CONDITION

The Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) will set if the Pressure switch is OFF (pressure low) for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T804) TRANSMISSION PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION PRESSURE SWITCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 113


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.


2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK THE TRANSMISSION PRESSURE SWITCH
1. Turn the Ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Using a jumper wire connected to ground, jumper the (T804) Transmission Pressure Switch circuit.
4. Turn the Ignition ON, Engine not running.
5. Using the scan tool, monitor the Transmission Pressure Switch State.

Does the Transmission Pressure Switch State indicate On (Closed)?

Yes

Replace the Transmission Pressure Switch in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK THE (T804) TRANSMISSION PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Turn the Ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the (T804) Transmission Pressure Switch circuit between the TCM C1
harness connector and the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 114


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T804) Transmission Pressure Switch circuit for an open.


Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0869-00-TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 115


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 17: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check brake No. 2 clutch pressure circuit for hydraulic failures by
continuously monitoring the actual (ON/OFF) state of the brake No. 2 clutch pressure switch. If the pressure
switch state is ON (pressure high) while the TCM commanded pressure is less than or equal to a calibrated
threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set. If the pressure switch state is OFF (pressure

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 116


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

low) while the TCM commanded pressure is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated
amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

No Linear or On/Off Solenoid DTCs set.

No transmission range sensor DTCs set.

No hydraulic pressure circuit low DTCs set.

No gear ratio failures for any previously commanded gears.

The transmission is not currently shifting for a calibrated amount of time.

Linear solenoid No. 5 command pressure is greater than or equal to 60 kPa (9 psi).

SET CONDITION

The Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) will set if the Pressure switch is ON (pressure high) for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T804) TRANSMISSION PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION PRESSURE SWITCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 117


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK THE TRANSMISSION PRESSURE SWITCH
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Ignition on, engine not running.
4. Using the scan tool, monitor the Transmission Pressure Switch State.

Does the Transmission Pressure Switch State indicate Off (Open)?

Yes

Replace the Transmission Pressure Switch in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK THE (T804) TRANSMISSION PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the (T804) Transmission Pressure Switch circuit between ground the
TCM C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 118


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T804) Transmission Pressure Switch circuit for a short to ground.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0919-00-GEAR SHIFT POSITION CONTROL ERROR

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 119


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 18: Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check for a shift lever over-travel condition by monitoring the shift position
signal pattern. "Over-travel" is defined as a condition where the shifter travels into an unused position, such as
"Low". The TRS Switch State table indicates the conditions under which shift lever over-travel is detected.
Terminals that are showing a high voltage are indicated in the table with "Closed". If shift position over-travel is
indicated by the shift position signal pattern, a fault code will be set.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 120


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

SET CONDITION

The transmission range sensor over-travel position is detected for 10 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
CUSTOMER HOLDING SHIFT LEVER IN OVER-TRAVEL POSITION
(T1, T3, T4, OR T42) TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (TRS)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 121


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Go To 5
2. CHECK THE TRS

TRS SWITCH STATES


Shift Lever
A (T42) B (T3) C (T1) PA (T4)
Position
P CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
R CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN
N OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
D OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN
Over-Travel (Low
CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
Position)

With the scan tool, and observing the table above, shift the gear shift through all normal positions.

At any time, did all positions indicate closed at the same time?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Review the customers driving habits. Holding the shift lever in an over-travel position can set this
DTC.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
3. TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (TRS)
1. Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
2. With the scan tool, observe the TRS switch states.

Did all switch states display open?

Yes

Replace the Transmission Range Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 122


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Refer to 4.

4. TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE


1. Measure the voltage of the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit.

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt on the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense
circuit?

Yes

Repair the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals
for corrosion, damage or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground
circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Review the customers driving habits. Holding the shift lever in an over-travel position can set this
DTC.
3. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
4. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
5. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
6. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
7. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 123


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Test Complete.

P0961-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Fig. 19: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 124


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 7 (SLT) circuit for solenoid resistance failures
by monitoring the commanded current and feedback current for high or low conditions. The linear solenoid
number 7 (SLT) is a normally open valve. The TCM controls each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation
for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated
threshold and the commanded current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount
of time, a fault code will be set. If the feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold and the
commanded current is less than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code
will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

Common Conditions

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

No Linear or On/Off Solenoid DTCs set.

No transmission range sensor DTCs set.

No hydraulic pressure circuit DTCs set.

No gear ratio failures for any other gear.

0.5 of a second has elapsed since completion of the most recent shift.

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 7 (SLT) command current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 7 command current is less than or equal to a calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 7 (SLT) feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated amount
of time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10 shifts.

Feedback Current High

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 125


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Linear solenoid No. 7 (SLT) feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated
amount of time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10
shifts.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T795) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T795) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T794) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T794) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT)
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) at the Transmission Assembly C1

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 126


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T795) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T795) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T795) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T795) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T795) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (+) circuit between ground
and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T795) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 127


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. CHECK THE (T794) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T794) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T794) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T794) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T794) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (-) circuit between ground
and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T794) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 128


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0962-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 129


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 20: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 7 (SLT) circuit for electrical failures by
continuously monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The
TCM controls each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit
pressure. If the monitored linear solenoid number 7 (SLT) output circuit feedback current is greater than or
equal to a calibrated high threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 130


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

low or open) for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

Linear solenoid No. 7 (SLT) command current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 7 (SLT) feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T795) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T795) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T794) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T794) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 131


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT)
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T795) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T795) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T795) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 132


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. CHECK THE (T795) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T795) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (+) circuit between ground
and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T795) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T794) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T794) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T794) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T794) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T794) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (-) circuit between ground
and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 133


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T794) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0963-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 134


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 21: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 7 (SLT) circuit for electrical failures by
continuously monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The
TCM controls each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit
pressure. If the monitored linear solenoid number 7 (SLT) output circuit feedback current is greater than or
equal to a calibrated high threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 135


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

low or open) for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

The command current is more than 100 mA.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 7 (SLT) feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for less than 1
second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T795) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T795) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T794) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T794) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 136


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT)
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T795) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T795) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T795) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 137


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. CHECK THE (T795) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T795) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (+) circuit between ground
and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T795) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T794) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T794) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T794) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T794) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 7 (SLT) (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T794) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (-) circuit between ground
and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 138


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T794) Linear Solenoid Number 7 (SLT) (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0965-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT RANGE-PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 139


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 22: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 1 circuit for solenoid resistance failures by
monitoring the commanded current and feedback current for high or low conditions. The linear solenoid number
1 is a normally closed valve. The TCM controls each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise
control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated threshold
and the commanded current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 140


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

fault code will be set. If the feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold and the
commanded current is less than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code
will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

Common Conditions

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

No Linear or On/Off Solenoid DTCs set.

No transmission range sensor DTCs set.

No hydraulic pressure circuit DTCs set.

No gear ratio failures for any other gear.

Less than a second has elapsed since completion of the most recent shift.

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 1 command current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 1 command current is less than or equal to a calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 1 feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated amount of
time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10 shifts.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 1 feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated amount of
time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10 shifts.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 141


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Possible Causes
(T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 1 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 1 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 142


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 1 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T813) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T813) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T813) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T813) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T812) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 143


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T812) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T812) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T812) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 144


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0966-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 145


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 23: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 1 circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The TCM controls
each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the
monitored linear solenoid number 1 output circuit feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated high
threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or open) for a calibrated

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 146


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

Linear solenoid No. 1 command current is greater than or equal to A calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 1 feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 147


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 1 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 1 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 1 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T813) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T813) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 148


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. CHECK THE (T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T813) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T813) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T812) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T812) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T812) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 149


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T812) Linear Solenoid Number 1 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0967-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 150


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 24: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 1 circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The TCM controls
each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the
monitored linear solenoid number 1 output circuit feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated high
threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or open) for a calibrated

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 151


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 1 feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T812) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

P0969-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 152


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 25: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 2 circuit for solenoid resistance failures by
monitoring the commanded current and feedback current for high or low conditions. The linear solenoid number
2 is a normally open valve. The TCM controls each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise
control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated threshold
and the commanded current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 153


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

fault code will be set. If the feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold and the
commanded current is less than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code
will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

Common Conditions

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

No Linear or On/Off Solenoid DTCs set.

No transmission range sensor DTCs set.

No hydraulic pressure circuit DTCs set.

No gear ratio failures for any other gear.

0.5 of a second has elapsed since completion of the most recent shift.

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 2 command current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 2 command current is less than or equal to a calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 2 feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated amount of
time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10 shifts.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 2 feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated amount of
time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10 shifts.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 154


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Possible Causes
(T815) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T815) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T814) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T814) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 2 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 2 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 155


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 2 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T815) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T815) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T815) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T815) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T815) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T815) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T814) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T814) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 156


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T814) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T814) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T814) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T814) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 157


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0970-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 158


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 26: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 2 circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The TCM controls
each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the
monitored linear solenoid number 2 output circuit feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated high
threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or open) for a calibrated

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 159


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

Linear solenoid No. 2 command current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 2 feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for less than one second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T815) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T815) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T814) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T814) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 160


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 2 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 2 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 2 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T815) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T815) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T815) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 161


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. CHECK THE (T815) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T815) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T815) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T814) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T814) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T814) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T814) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T814) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:29 Page 162


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T814) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0971-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 163


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 27: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 2 circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The TCM controls
each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the
monitored linear solenoid number 2 output circuit feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated high
threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or open) for a calibrated

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 164


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 2 feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T815) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T815) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T813) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 165


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 2 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 2 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 2 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T815) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T815) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T815) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T815) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 166


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. Measure the resistance of the (T815) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T815) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T814) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T814) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T814) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T814) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 2 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T814) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 167


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Repair the (T814) Linear Solenoid Number 2 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0973-00-SHIFT SOLENOID 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 168


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 28: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check the Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) circuit for electrical failures by
continuously monitoring the solenoid driver output circuit for high or low voltage, or an open circuit. The Shift
Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) is only used to enable a fixed gear limp-in mode.

WHEN MONITORED

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 169


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) command state is high (on).

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) feedback signal state is low (off) for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T808) SHIFT SOLENOID 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SHIFT SOLENOID 1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 170


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 4
2. CHECK THE SHIFT SOLENOID 1 (ON/OFF)
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) in the Transmission Assembly C1
connector.

Is the resistance of the Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) 13 Ohms ± 2.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T808) SHIFT SOLENOID 1 (ON/OFF) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
4. Measure the resistance of the (T808) Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) circuit between ground the TCM
C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T808) Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 171


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P0974-00-SHIFT SOLENOID 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 172


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 29: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check the Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) circuit for electrical failures by
continuously monitoring the solenoid driver output circuit for high or low voltage, or an open circuit. The Shift
Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) is only used to enable a fixed gear limp-in mode.

WHEN MONITORED

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 173


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) command state is low.

SET CONDITION

Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) feedback signal state is high (on) for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T808) SHIFT SOLENOID 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
(T808) SHIFT SOLENOID 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
SHIFT SOLENOID 1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 174


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 5
2. CHECK THE SHIFT SOLENOID 1 (ON/OFF)
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) in the Transmission Assembly C1
connector.

Is the resistance of the Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) 13 Ohms ± 2.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T808) SHIFT SOLENOID 1 (ON/OFF) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T808) Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) circuit between the Transmission
Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T808) Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) circuit for an open.


Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T808) SHIFT SOLENOID 1 (ON/OFF) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
1. Ignition on, engine not running.
2. Measure the voltage of the (T808) Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) circuit at the TCM C1 harness
connector.

Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?

Yes

Repair the (T808) Shift Solenoid 1 (ON/OFF) circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 175


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P1679-00-CALIBRATION NOT LEARNED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) needs to learn certain values to properly control Transmission
operation. This DTC indicates that these values are not currently learned in the TCM. If the TCM or
Transmission is replaced, the Quick Learn Procedure must be performed.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

The engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

SET CONDITION

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 176


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

TCM detects learned values are not currently in memory.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
TCM REPLACED
TRANSMISSION REPLACED

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

PERFORM TCM QUICK LEARN

NOTE: This DTC will set if the TCM or the Transmission have been replaced.

1. Repair

With the scan tool, perform the Quick Learn Procedure.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

P1720-00-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR-WHEEL SPEED RATIONALITY

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 177


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 30: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check if the output speed sensor signal is rational by monitoring for either a
missing or invalid speed sensor signal. The output speed sensor is a Hall Effect sensor with an output range that
alternates between normal high and normal low voltages as the output shaft tone wheel rotates. The three
rationality checks performed by the TCM include a turbine speed comparison check, a maximum negative

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 178


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

gradient check, and a wheel speed comparison check.

Wheel Speed Comparison: If the number of output speed sensor pulses is equal to zero while the wheel speed-
based calculated output shaft speed is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold, a fault code will be set.

Wheel Speed Delta: If the absolute value of the difference between the measured output shaft speed and the
wheel speed-based calculated output shaft speed is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold, a fault code
will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM Supply Voltage is between 10-16 volts.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no run position switch failures.

There are no shift range sensor failures.

There are no output speed sensor failures.

The shift range indicator is not in either the park or neutral position.

One or more of following failures is present.

Turbine speed sensor failure.

Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) message failure between the TCM and ESC.

Message Counter (MC) message failure or between the TCM and ESC.

Loss of communication failure between TCM and ESC.

Wheel speed Signal Not Available (SNA) failure.

Output speed is greater than 807 rpm

SET CONDITION

Wheel Speed Comparison:

The number of output speed sensor pulses is equal to zero while the wheel speed-based calculated output shaft
speed is greater than or equal to 360 rpm

Wheel Speed Delta:

The absolute value of the difference between the measured output shaft speed and the wheel speed-based

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 179


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

calculated output shaft speed is greater than or equal to 1000 rpm for 10 seconds

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
(T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK FOR AN ACTIVE DTC


1. With the scan tool, read TCM DTCs and record on the repair order.
2. Record the Event Data and Environmental Data.
3. With the scan tool, erase DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Event and Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set
Conditions above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC return?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Go To 10
2. CHECK THE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Check the Output Speed Sensor harness connector for proper installation.

Was the Output Speed Sensor harness connector properly connected?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 180


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 3

No

After properly installing the Output Speed Sensor harness connector, clear DTCs and retest.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
3. Turn the ignition on.
4. Measure the voltage of the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit.

Is the voltage 8 volts ± 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Go To 8
4. CHECK THE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor between the Output Speed Sensor terminals.

NOTE: The Output Speed Sensor is a Hall Effect sensor. When measuring
the resistance of the sensor, if an open reading is observed, reverse
the leads of the Ohm meter and recheck.

Is the resistance between 3M Ohms and 5M Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Replace Output Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Turn the ignition off.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 181


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.


3. Measure the resistance of the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit between the TCM C1
harness connector and the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k Ohms?

Yes

Repair the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 7
7. CHECK THE (T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
1. Turn the ignition on.
2. Measure the voltage of the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit at the TCM C1 harness
connector.

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Repair the (T14) Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 182


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or pushed out terminals. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
8. CHECK THE (T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit between the TCM
C1 harness connector and the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 9

No

Repair the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit for an open.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
9. CHECK THE (T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT
TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k Ohms?

Yes

Repair the (T72) Output Speed Sensor Voltage Supply circuit for a short to ground.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or pushed out terminals. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
10. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 183


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
6. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.
7. Inspect the Output Speed Sensor for damage and contamination.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete.

P1731-00-INCORRECT GEAR ENGAGED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check if the reverse gear is engaged while neutral is selected based on the
shift lever position. This diagnostic includes a speed ratio check. The shift lever controls the selection of the
park, reverse, neutral and drive gears hydraulically. In neutral, the transmission is hydraulically controlled to
have no gear engaged. A comparison between the Turbine speed ratio and the Engine speed is performed. If the
ratio is out of limits, this DTC will set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than 550 rpm.

Time elapsed since condition met is less than five seconds.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Shift lever position is in park or neutral for calibrated amount of time.

Calibration time if temperature is greater than or equal to 20°C (68°F) is less than five seconds.

Calibration time if temperature is less than to 20°C (68°F) is greater than five seconds.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 184


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

There are no turbine speed sensor failures.

There are no linear solenoid failures.

There are no ON/OFF solenoid failures.

There are no hydraulic pressure circuit failures.

There are no shift range sensor failures.

There are no CAN bus failures.

There are no CAN message failures between ECM and TCM.

There are no CAN engine speed signal failures.

There are no other gear ratio failures.

Transmission sump temperature is greater than -20°C (-4°F)

SET CONDITION

The ratio between Engine Speed and Turbine speed (Turbine Speed divided by Engine Speed) is less than 0.4.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(T14) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
(T72) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 185


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE SHIFT LEVER ADJUSTMENT
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Check the Shift Lever Cable adjustment. Refer to CABLE, SHIFT, ADJUSTMENTS .

Was the Shift Lever Cable properly adjusted?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Adjust the Shift Lever Cable in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 3 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 3 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 186


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 3 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5
1. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 5 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 5 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 5 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Ignition on, engine not running.
3. Measure the voltage of the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit at the Transmission
Assembly C1 harness connector.

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Repair the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 6
6. CHECK THE (T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
1. Measure the voltage of the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit at the Transmission
Assembly C1 harness connector.

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 187


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Repair the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P253D-00-PTO SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check the PTO switch circuit for open or short to ground conditions. This
PTO ground switch (Field Effect Transistor) is a low side driver used to control the PTO solenoid. If the
feedback circuit voltage is high while the TCM is commanding the PTO ground switch OFF (low), a fault code

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 188


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

No CAN bus failures.

There are no PCM communication failures.

The PTO enable request from the PCM was ON at some point during the current trip.

The TCM is commanding the PTO ground switch OFF (low).

SET CONDITION

The feedback circuit voltage is high.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(K427) POWER TAKE OFF (PTO) RELAY ENABLE CIRCUIT OPEN
(K427) POWER TAKE OFF (PTO) RELAY ENABLE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POWER TAKE OFF (PTO) RELAY
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 189


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 5
2. CHECK THE TRANSMISSION PRESSURE SWITCH
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Install a substitute PTO Relay.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Ignition on, engine not running.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the PTO Relay.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (K427) PTO ENABLE RELAY CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect the Upfitter harness connector.
4. Measure the resistance of the (K427) PTO Enable Relay circuit between the TCM C1 harness
connector and the Upfitter harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (K427) PTO Enable Relay circuit for an open.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 190


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (K427) PTO ENABLE RELAY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (K427) PTO Enable Relay circuit between ground and the TCM C1
harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (K427) PTO Enable Relay circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2719-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT RANGE-PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 191


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 31: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 3 circuit for solenoid resistance failures by
monitoring the commanded current and feedback current for high or low conditions. The linear solenoid number
3 is a normally open valve. The TCM controls each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise
control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated threshold
and the commanded current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 192


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

fault code will be set. If the feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold and the
commanded current is less than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code
will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

Common Conditions

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

No Linear or On/Off Solenoid DTCs set.

No transmission range sensor DTCs set.

No hydraulic pressure circuit DTCs set.

No gear ratio failures for any other gear.

0.5 of a second has elapsed since completion of the most recent shift.

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 3 command current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 3 command current is less than or equal to a calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 3 feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated amount of
time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10 shifts.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 3 feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated amount of
time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10 shifts.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 193


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Possible Causes
(T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 3 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 3 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 194


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 3 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T816) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 195


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T816) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T816) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T816) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 196


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2720-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 197


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 32: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 3 circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The TCM controls
each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the
monitored linear solenoid number 3 output circuit feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated high
threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or open) for a calibrated

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 198


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

Linear solenoid No. 3 command current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 3 feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 199


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 3 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 3 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 3 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 200


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. CHECK THE (T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T816) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T816) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T816) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 201


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T816) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2721-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 202


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 33: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 3 circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The TCM controls
each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the
monitored linear solenoid number 3 output circuit feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated high
threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or open) for a calibrated

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 203


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 3 feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 204


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 3 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 3 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 3 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 205


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. Measure the resistance of the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T817) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T816) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T816) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 3 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T816) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 206


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Repair the (T816) Linear Solenoid Number 3 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2728-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 5 CONTROL CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 207


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 34: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 4 circuit for solenoid resistance failures by
monitoring the commanded current and feedback current for high or low conditions. The linear solenoid number
4 is a normally closed valve. The TCM controls each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise
control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated threshold
and the commanded current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 208


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

fault code will be set. If the feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold and the
commanded current is less than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code
will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

Common Conditions

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

No Linear or On/Off Solenoid DTCs set.

No transmission range sensor DTCs set.

No hydraulic pressure circuit DTCs set.

No gear ratio failures for any other gear.

Less than 1 second has elapsed since completion of the most recent shift.

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 4 command current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 4 command current is less than or equal to a calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 4 feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated amount of
time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10 shifts.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 4 feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated amount of
time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10 shifts.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 209


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Possible Causes
(T821) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T821) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T818) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T818) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 4 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 4 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 210


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 4 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T821) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T821) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T821) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T821) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T821) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T821) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T818) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T818) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 211


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T818) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T818) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T818) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T818) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 212


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2729-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 5 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 213


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 35: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 4 circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The TCM controls
each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the
monitored linear solenoid number 4 output circuit feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated high
threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or open) for a calibrated

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 214


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

Linear solenoid No. 4 command current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 4 feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T821) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T821) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T818) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T818) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 215


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 4 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 4 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 4 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T821) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T821) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T821) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 216


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. CHECK THE (T821) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T821) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T821) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T818) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T818) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T818) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T818) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T818) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 217


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T818) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2730-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 5 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 218


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 36: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 4 circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The TCM controls
each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the
monitored linear solenoid number 4 output circuit feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated high
threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or open) for a calibrated

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 219


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 4 feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T817) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T816) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 220


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 4 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 4 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 4 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T821) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T821) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T821) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T821) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 221


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. Measure the resistance of the (T821) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T821) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T818) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T818) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T818) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T818) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 4 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T818) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 222


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Repair the (T818) Linear Solenoid Number 4 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2737-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 223


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 37: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 5 circuit for solenoid resistance failures by
monitoring the commanded current and feedback current for high or low conditions. The linear solenoid number
5 is a normally closed valve. The TCM controls each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise
control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated threshold
and the commanded current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 224


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

fault code will be set. If the feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold and the
commanded current is less than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code
will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

Common Conditions

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

No Linear or On/Off Solenoid DTCs set.

No transmission range sensor DTCs set.

No hydraulic pressure circuit DTCs set.

No gear ratio failures for any other gear.

Less than a second has elapsed since completion of the most recent shift.

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 5 command current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 5 command current is less than or equal to a calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 5 feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated amount of
time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10 shifts.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 5 feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated amount of
time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10 shifts.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 225


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Possible Causes
(T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T790) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T790) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 5 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 5 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 226


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 5 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T790) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T790) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 227


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T790) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T790) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T790) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T790) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 228


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2738-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 229


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 38: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 5 circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The TCM controls
each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the
monitored linear solenoid number 5 output circuit feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated high
threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or open) for a calibrated

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 230


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

Linear solenoid No. 5 command current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 5 feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T790) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T790) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 231


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 5 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 5 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 5 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 232


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. CHECK THE (T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T790) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T790) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T790) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T790) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T790) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 233


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T790) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2739-00-PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 234


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 39: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 5 circuit for electrical failures by continuously
monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The TCM controls
each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the
monitored linear solenoid number 5 output circuit feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated high
threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low or open) for a calibrated

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 235


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 5 feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T790) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T790) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 236


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 5 at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 5 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 5 in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T791) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 237


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. Measure the resistance of the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T791) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T790) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T790) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T790) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T790) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 5 (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T790) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (-) circuit between ground and the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 238


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Repair the (T790) Linear Solenoid Number 5 (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2741-00-TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 239


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 40: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check the torque converter fluid temperature sensor for rationality failures by
performing three separate checks. These checks include stuck in range, maximum gradient, and three sensor
compare. This fluid temperature sensor (thermistor), which correlates resistance to temperature, measures the
temperature of the fluid coming out from torque converter. Temperature values are calculated by the TCM

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 240


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

based on the sensor's voltage output for shift map determination and sump fluid temperature rationality checks.

Stuck in Range: If the absolute value of the change in torque converter fluid temperature is less than or equal
to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time when compared to the actual increase of engine coolant
temperature, a fault code will be set.

Maximum Gradient: If the absolute value of the change in torque converter fluid temperature is greater than or
equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set.

Three Sensor Compare: If the torque converter fluid temperature is greater than or equal to a calibrated
threshold while the transmission sump fluid temperature is less than or equal to its calibrated threshold for a
calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

Common Monitoring conditions:

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

No Output Speed Sensor errors are detected.

No Transmission Sump Temperature electrical failures.

No CAN bus failures.

Condition One:

Ignition in the run position for greater than 5 seconds.

Start up transmission oil temperature is between -50° C and 40° C (-58° F and 104° F).

Engine coolant temperature data (CAN) is normal and greater than or equal to 70° C (158° F).

Engine coolant temperature increase is greater than 50° C (90° F).

Output speed sensor greater than 300 rpm for a calibrated amount of time.

Condition Two:

Torque Converter Fluid Temperature is less than 150° C (302° F)

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 241


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Condition Three:

Ignition in the run position for greater than 5 seconds.

Engine coolant temperature data (CAN) is normal and greater than or equal to 70° C (158° F).

Transmission Sump Fluid temperature is less than 60° C (140° F).

SET CONDITION

Condition One:

Change in Transmission Oil Temperature is less than or equal to 2° C (4° F).

Condition Two:

Change in transmission oil temperature is greater than 20° C (36° F) in less than 1 second and transmission oil
temperature is less than 150° C (302° F) for greater than five seconds.

Condition Three:

Torque Converter Fluid temperature is greater than 140° C (284° F) after a calibrated time.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
RELATED ENGINE TEMPERATURE SENSOR DTCS
RELATED TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR DTCS
INTERMITTENT TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK FOR RELATED ENGINE DTCs


1. With the scan tool, view Engine DTCs.

Are there any Engine Coolant DTCs present?

Yes

Refer to the DTC INDEX article and perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 242


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Go To 2
2. CHECK FOR RELATED TRANSMISSION DTCs
1. With the scan tool, view Transmission DTCs.

Are there any other Transmission temperature sensor DTCs?

Yes

Perform the appropriate DTC diagnostic procedure.

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT
1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Go To 9
4. COMPARE THE TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE TO ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE

NOTE: To test the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature sensor, the engine and
transmission temperature must be at or below 29.4° C (85° F).

1. With the scan tool, read the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature and Engine temperatures.

Is the torque converter out oil temperature within 5° C (9° F) of the engine coolant temperature?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:30 Page 243


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 5

No

Go To 8
5. CHECK IF THE TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE INCREASES 15 DEGREES
OVER 10 MINUTE PERIOD

NOTE: To test the torque converter out oil temperature sensor, the engine and
transmission temperature must be at or below 29.4° C (85° F).

CAUTION: Apply the parking brake.

1. Start the engine, firmly apply the brakes and allow the engine to idle in Drive.
2. With the scan tool, monitor the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature.

NOTE: If the torque converter out oil temperature sensor is working


properly, the transmission temperature should rise at least 8° C (15°
F) within a ten minute period.

3. Did the torque converter out oil temperature increase at a steady rate and rise at least 8° C (15° F)
over a 10 minute period?

Yes

Go To 9

No

Go To 6
6. CHECK THE (T819) TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Ignition on, engine not running.
4. With the scan tool, monitor the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature.

Does the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature read -40° C (-40° F) ± 2° C (4° F)?

Yes

Go To 7

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 244


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Perform P2743-TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 HIGH as if the


DTC is active.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE (T819) TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Connect a jumper wire between the (T819) Torque Converter Fluid Signal circuit and the (T820)
Sensor Ground circuit in the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Ignition on, engine not running.
4. With the scan tool, monitor the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature.

Does the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature read 200° C (392° F) ± 2° C (4° F)?

Yes

Go To 8

No

Perform P2742-TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 LOW as if the


DTC is active.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
8. CHECK THE TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TYPICAL VALUES FOR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR


TEMPERATURE APPROXIMATE OHM
25° C (77° F) 10999.7 Ohms
110° C (230° F) 691.7 Ohms

1. Turn the ignition off.


2. Reconnect the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
4. Measure the resistance of the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor between the (T819)
Transmission Temperature Signal circuit and the (T820) Sensor Ground circuit in the TCM C2
harness connector.
5. Using the chart at the chart above, compare the Torque Converter Fluid temperature to the
correlating resistance value.

Is the resistance within the specified range when the sensor is at the given temperature?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 245


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 9

No

Replace the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
9. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2742-00-TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 246


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 41: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check the torque converter fluid temperature sensor for electrical failures by
continuously monitoring the sensor output circuit for voltage high, low, or open conditions. This fluid sensor
(thermistor), which correlates resistance to temperature, measures the temperature of the fluid as it exits the
torque converter. Temperature values are calculated by the TCM based on the sensor's voltage output for shift

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 247


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

map determination, sump fluid temperature rationality checks, etc. If the measured temperature sensor output
circuit voltage is greater than or equal to a calibrated high threshold (circuit high or open) or is less than or
equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low) for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Time since the TCM has been powered on is greater than 5 seconds.

SET CONDITION

The DTC will set if the monitored Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor Signal circuit is less than 0.059
of a volt for greater than a calibrated amount of time.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T819) TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO
GROUND
(T819) TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO
(T820) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 248


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 5
2. CHECK THE (T819) TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor harness connector.
4. Measure the resistance between ground and the (T819) Torque Converter Fluid Temperature
Sensor Signal circuit.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Repair the (T819) Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T819) TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (T820) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Measure the resistance between the (T819) Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor Signal
circuit and (T820) Sensor Ground circuit in the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor
harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T819) Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
the (T820) Sensor Ground circuit.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 249


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TYPICAL VALUES FOR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR


TEMPERATURE APPROXIMATE OHM
25° C (77° F) 10999.7 Ohms
110° C (230° F) 691.7 Ohms

1. Turn the ignition off.


2. Reconnect the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor between the (T819)
Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Signal circuit and the (T820) Sensor Ground circuit in the
TCM C2 harness connector.
4. Using the chart at the chart above, compare the Temperature Sensor temperature to the correlating
resistance value.

Is the resistance within the specified range when the sensor is at the given temperature?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.

No

Replace the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 250


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2743-00-TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 251


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 42: Transmission Control Module Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check the torque converter fluid temperature sensor for electrical failures by
continuously monitoring the sensor output circuit for voltage high, low, or open conditions. This fluid sensor
(thermistor), which correlates resistance to temperature, measures the temperature of the fluid as it exits the
torque converter. Temperature values are calculated by the TCM based on the sensor's voltage output for shift

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 252


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

map determination, sump fluid temperature rationality checks, etc. If the measured temperature sensor output
circuit voltage is greater than or equal to a calibrated high threshold (circuit high or open) or is less than or
equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit low) for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Time since the TCM has been powered on is greater than 5 seconds.

SET CONDITION

The Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) will set if the monitored Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor
Signal circuit is greater than 4.946 volts for more than a calibrated amount of time.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T819) TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
(T819) TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(T820) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 253


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 6
2. CHECK THE (T819) TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connectors.
3. Disconnect the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor harness connector.
4. Ignition on, engine not running.
5. Measure the voltage of the (T819) Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor Signal circuit in the
TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt?

Yes

Repair the (T819) Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK THE (T819) TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T819) Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor Signal circuit
between the TCM C2 harness connector and the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor
harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T819) Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 254


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T820) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T820) Sensor Ground circuit between the TCM C2 harness
connector and the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T820) Sensor Ground circuit for an open.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE TORQUE CONVERTER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TYPICAL VALUES FOR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR


TEMPERATURE APPROXIMATE OHM
25° C (77° F) 10999.7 Ohms
110° C (230° F) 691.7 Ohms

1. Turn the ignition off.


2. Reconnect the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor between the (T819)
Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Signal circuit and the (T820) Sensor Ground circuit in the
TCM C2 harness connector.
4. Using the chart at the chart above, compare the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor
temperature to the correlating resistance value.

Is the resistance within the specified range when the sensor is at the given temperature?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 255


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Replace the Torque Converter Fluid Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2757-00-TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 256


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 43: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check if the torque converter clutch is not engaged while the TCM is
commanding the torque converter clutch solenoid to engage. The TCM individually commands a total of 7
linear solenoids to control hydraulic valves and clutch pressures in the transmission. Torque converter clutch
pressure is controlled by the linear solenoid Number 6. If the absolute value of the difference between engine
speed (CAN message) and turbine speed (sensor) is greater than a calibrated threshold for calibrated amount of

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 257


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

There are no engine speed (CAN message or signal) failures.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no linear solenoid (Numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7) failures.

There are no hydraulic pressure circuit failures.

There are no ON/OFF solenoid failures.

There are no gear ratio failures.

There are no turbine speed sensor failures.

Linear solenoid Number 6 command pressure is greater than or equal to 560 kPa.

SET CONDITION

The absolute value of the difference of engine speed and turbine speed is greater than or equal to 200 rpm for a
calibrated amount of time.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
TORQUE CONVERTER
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION HARNESS
STICKING OR LEAKING LINEAR SOLENOID 6
VALVE BODY
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF DTC IS CURRENT

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 258


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.


2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.
5. Read TCM DTCs.

NOTE: If there are any other Engine and/or Transmission DTCs, diagnosis
those first.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK THE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) OPERATION
1. Clear Transmission DTCs.
2. Road test the vehicle in a condition that will enable TCC lock up.
3. Using the scan tool, record the Engine speed and the Transmission Input speed during TCC lock
up.
4. Using the set condition listed above, calculate the TCC slip rpm.

Is the TCC slip rpm greater than or equal to 200 rpm?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for shorts, corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Remove the transmission oil pan.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 259


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

3. Check the internal transmission harness, pins, terminals, and connectors for shorts, corrosion,
damage, or terminal push out.
4. Visually inspect the valve body for debris, damage or leaking hydraulic paths.
5. Visually inspect for sticking or binding Control Valve(s).

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Replace the Torque Converter in accordance with the Service Information.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. Check for any Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2762-00-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL


CIRCUIT RANGE-PERFORMANCE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 260


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 44: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 6 (SLU) circuit for solenoid resistance failures
by monitoring the commanded current and feedback current for high or low conditions. The linear solenoid
number 6 (SLU) is a normally closed valve. The TCM controls each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation
for precise control of the hydraulic circuit pressure. If the feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated
threshold and the commanded current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 261


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

of time, a fault code will be set. If the feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated threshold and the
commanded current is less than or equal to a calibrated threshold for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code
will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

Common Conditions

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

No Linear or On/Off Solenoid DTCs set.

No transmission range sensor DTCs set.

No hydraulic pressure circuit DTCs set.

No gear ratio failures for any other gear.

Less than 1 second has elapsed since completion of the most recent shift.

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 6 (SLU) command current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 6 (SLU) command current is less than or equal to a calibrated value.

SET CONDITION

Feedback Current Low

Linear solenoid No. 6 (SLU) feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated amount
of time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10 shifts.

Feedback Current High

Linear solenoid No. 6 (SLU) feedback current is greater than or equal to a calibrated value for a calibrated
amount of time, and the number of shifts with malfunction condition detected is greater than or equal to 10
shifts.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 262


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T793) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T793) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T792) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T792) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU)
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 263


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T793) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T793) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T793) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T793) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T793) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (+) circuit between ground
and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T793) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T792) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T792) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 264


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T792) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T792) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T792) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (-) circuit between ground
and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T792) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 265


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2763-00-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL


CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 266


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 45: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 6 (SLU) circuit for electrical failures by
continuously monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The
TCM controls each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit
pressure. If the monitored linear solenoid number 6 (SLU) output circuit feedback current is greater than or
equal to a calibrated high threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 267


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

low or open) for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 6 (SLU) feedback current is more than or equal to a calibrated value for a less than 1
second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T793) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T793) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T792) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T792) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 268


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU)
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T793) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T793) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T793) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. CHECK THE (T793) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 269


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. Measure the resistance of the (T793) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (+) circuit between ground
and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T793) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T792) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T792) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T792) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T792) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T792) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (-) circuit between ground
and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 270


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Repair the (T792) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2764-00-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL


CIRCUIT LOW

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 271


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 46: Transmission Solenoid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the diagnostic is to check linear solenoid number 6 (SLU) circuit for electrical failures by
continuously monitoring the solenoid output circuit feedback current for high, low, or open conditions. The
TCM controls each linear solenoid via pulse-width modulation for precise control of the hydraulic circuit
pressure. If the monitored linear solenoid number 6 (SLU) output circuit feedback current is greater than or
equal to a calibrated high threshold (circuit high) or is less than or equal to a calibrated low threshold (circuit

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 272


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

low or open) for a calibrated amount of time, a fault code will be set.

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Linear solenoid No. 6 (SLU) command circuit is greater than a calibrated value.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is greater than 550 rpm.

The transmission is not in an all solenoids shut off limp-in mode.

SET CONDITION

Linear solenoid No. 6 (SLU) feedback current is less than or equal to a calibrated value for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
(T793) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T793) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T792) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
(T792) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. CHECK IF THE DTC IS CURRENT


1. Using the scan tool, read TCM DTCs.
2. Record the Environmental Data and any DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Using the recorded Environmental Data, along with the When Monitored and Set Conditions
above, operate the vehicle in the conditions that set the DTC.

NOTE: It may be necessary to road test the vehicle to duplicate the original
set conditions.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 273


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. Read TCM DTCs.

Did the DTC reset?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 7
2. CHECK THE LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU)
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) at the Transmission Assembly C1
Connector.

Is the resistance of the Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) 5.3 Ohms ± 0.3 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 3

No

Replace the Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) in accordance with the service information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
3. CHECK THE (T793) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Disconnect the TCM C2 harness connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the (T793) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (+) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Repair the (T793) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (+) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 274


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. CHECK THE (T793) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (+) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T793) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (+) circuit between ground
and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Go To 5

No

Repair the (T793) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
5. CHECK THE (T792) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (-) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
1. Measure the resistance of the (T792) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (-) circuit between the
Transmission Assembly C1 harness connector and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?

Yes

Go To 6

No

Repair the (T792) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (-) circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
6. CHECK THE (T792) LINEAR SOLENOID NUMBER 6 (SLU) (-) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
1. Measure the resistance of the (T792) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (-) circuit between ground
and the TCM C2 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 100k Ohms?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace and program the
TCM in accordance with the Service Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 275


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

No

Repair the (T792) Linear Solenoid Number 6 (SLU) (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
7. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
2. Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions in which the DTC originally set. Pay
particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load
3. Using the schematics as a guide, visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
4. Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or
corroded terminals.
5. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for any possible open or shorted circuits.
6. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

Were there any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

P2803-00-TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR B CIRCUIT HIGH

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 276


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Fig. 47: Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Diagram


Courtesy of CHRYSLER GROUP, LLC

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of this diagnostic is to check the electrical and rationality performance of the transmission range
sensor (TRS) circuit. The range sensor circuit is connected to the TCM by four independent circuits which
distinguish between the possible shifter positions (park, reverse, neutral, and drive). The shifter position is
determined based upon a 4-bit pattern A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), and PA (T4) which is described below. Three
distinct fault conditions are detected by this diagnostic, open, short to ground or short to voltage.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 277


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

There are no ignition switch failures.

Park or neutral position not detected since ignition switch was turned on.

SET CONDITION

Engine start is detected by the TCM when one or more of the following failures occur: The engine speed is
greater than or equal to 550 rpm for less than 1 second or the turbine speed is greater than or equal to 550 rpm
and output speed is zero for less than 1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT
(T1, T3, T4, OR T42) TRS SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
(T1, T3, T4, OR T42) TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T1, T3, T4, OR T42) TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (TRS)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY DTC IS CURRENT

TRS SWITCH STATES


Shift Lever
A (T42) B (T3) C (T1) PA (T4)
Position
P CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
R CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN
N OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
D OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN
Over-Travel (Low
CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
Position)

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 278


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

NOTE: If all switch positions display Open, check the TRS connector for proper
installation, and the (F1) Ignition Unlock/Run/Start circuit for an open or
short to ground.

With the scan tool, and observing the table above, shift the gear shift through all positions.

Did all positions match the table above?

Yes

Go To 9

No

Go To 2
2. TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR B (T3)

Was only the B (T3) Switch closed in the park position the error?

Yes

Perform the Shift Cable Adjustment procedure in accordance with the Service Information and
recheck with the table above. Refer to CABLE, SHIFT, ADJUSTMENTS .
If after adjusting the cable the B (T3) switch still shows "Closed" in the park position, check the
circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 3.
3. TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

Was the failure a switch displaying a closed position error?

Yes

Go To 4

No

Go To 5.
4. TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (TRS)
1. Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
2. With the scan tool, observe the TRS switch states.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 279


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Did all switch states display open?

Yes

Replace the Transmission Range Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 8.
5. TRS SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
3. Measure the resistance of the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit
from the TRS harness connector to the appropriate terminal of the TCM C1 harness connector.

Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes

Repair the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit for an open.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 6
6. TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
1. Measure the resistance between ground and the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS
Sense circuit.

Is the resistance below 100k ohms?

Yes

Repair the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Go To 7

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 280


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

7. CHECK TRS SWITCH


1. Reconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
2. Using a fused jumper wire, jumper the (F1) Ignition Unlock/Run/Start circuit to the identified A
(T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit in the TRS harness connector.
3. Ignition on, engine not running.
4. With the scan tool, monitor the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit.

Does the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit display Closed?

Yes

Replace the Transmission Range Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals
for corrosion, damage or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground
circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
8. TRS SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
1. Reconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.
2. Ignition on, engine not running.
3. Measure the voltage of the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit.

Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt on the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense
circuit?

Yes

Repair the identified A (T42), B (T3), C (T1), or PA (T4) TRS Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) terminals
for corrosion, damage or terminal push out. Pay particular attention to all power and ground
circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in accordance with the Service
Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 281


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .
9. CHECK THE WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time.
2. Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
3. Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
4. With the scan tool, check the Event Data to help identify the conditions in which the DTC set.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test Complete.

U0001-00-CAN C BUS

Perform the COMMUNICATION PRE-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

U0100-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ECM/PCM

Perform the COMMUNICATION PRE-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

U0102-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TRANSFER CASE CONTROL MODULE / AWD

Perform the COMMUNICATION PRE-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

U0121-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) CONTROL


MODULE

Perform the COMMUNICATION PRE-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

U0140-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH BODY CONTROL MODULE

Perform the COMMUNICATION PRE-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 282


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

U0155-00-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH CLUSTER/CCN

Perform the COMMUNICATION PRE-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. Refer to STANDARD


PROCEDURE .

U0401-00-IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM ECM-PCM

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

Continuously with the ignition on.

SET CONDITION

The TCM receives an Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Signal Not Available (SNA) message from the PCM

The TCM receives an APP fail bit from the PCM via CAN message.

The TCM receives an engine limp-in bit from the PCM via CAN message.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
PCM DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 283


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF ENGINE DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read Engine DTCs.

Are there any Engine DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 284


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U0415-00-IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM ABS

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

The above conditions are met for 10 seconds.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and ABS module.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

The TCM receives an incorrect CRC/MC message from the ABS module or an incorrect CAN message from
the ABS module.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
ANTILOCK BRAKE MODULE (ABS) DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 285


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF ABS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs.

Are there any ABS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 286


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS


1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U0465-00-IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM PTO

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

Above conditions are met for 7 seconds.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and ECM.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

The TCM receives a Signal Not Available (SNA) message from the Powertrain Control Module PCM or an

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 287


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

incorrect CAN message from the PCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
PCM DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF ENGINE DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read Engine DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 288


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Are there any Engine DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U1111-00-LOST ODOMETER MESSAGE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

Conditions 1 and 2

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 289


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

The above conditions are met for 5 seconds.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and ECM.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

Condition 2 only

There are no transmission range sensor failures.

There are no output speed sensor failures.

transmission range sensor is in Drive position.

Output speed sensor is greater than or equal to 250 rpm.

SET CONDITION

Condition 1

The instrument cluster reports via CAN message that the odometer signal is not available for greater than 3
seconds.

Condition 2

The TCM has detected that the odometer value has not changed after receiving a certain number of pulse signals
from the output speed sensor.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 290


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read Instrument Cluster DTCs.

Are there any Instrument Cluster DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 291


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS


1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U1400-00-IMPLAUSIBLE TPS SIGNAL RECEIVED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

Continuously with the ignition on.

SET CONDITION

The TCM receives an Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Signal Not Available (SNA) message from the PCM

The TCM receives an APP fail bit from the PCM via CAN message.

The TCM receives an engine limp-in bit from the PCM via CAN message.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
PCM DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 292


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF ENGINE DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read Engine DTCs.

Are there any Engine DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 293


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U1401-00-IMPLAUSIBLE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL RECEIVED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

Common Conditions

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

The above conditions are met in under 10 seconds.

Continuously monitored once conditions are met.

Condition 1

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 294


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and PCM.

Condition 2

The transmission range sensor is in drive or reverse.

The output shaft speed is greater than 1000 rpm.

The turbine speed is greater than 550 rpm.

SET CONDITION

Condition 1

The PCM reports via CAN message that the engine speed signal is not available for greater than 10 seconds.

Condition 2

The PCM reports via CAN message that the engine speed signal is less than 300 rpm for greater than 10
seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
PCM DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 295


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF ENGINE DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read Engine DTCs.

Are there any Engine DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 296


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U1402-00-IMPLAUSIBLE ENGINE TEMPERATURE SIGNAL RECEIVED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

The above conditions are met for 10 seconds.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and PCM.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

The TCM receives a Signal Not Available (SNA) message from the PCM or an incorrect CAN message from
the PCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
PCM DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 297


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF ENGINE DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read Engine DTCs.

Are there any Engine DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 298


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to the STANDARD


PROCEDURE .
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U1407-00-IMPLAUSIBLE ENGINE TORQUE REQUEST SIGNAL RECEIVED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

The above conditions are met for 10 seconds.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and PCM.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 299


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

The TCM receives a Signal Not Available (SNA) message from the PCM or an incorrect CAN message from
the PCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
PCM DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF ENGINE DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read Engine DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 300


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Are there any Engine DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U1408-00-IMPLAUSIBLE BRAKE SIGNAL RECEIVED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 301


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

The above conditions are met for 10 seconds.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and ABS module.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

The ABS reports via CAN message that the brake pedal signal is not available or a brake pedal signal failure
has been detected.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
ANTILOCK BRAKE MODULE (ABS) DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 302


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF ABS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs.

Are there any ABS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 303


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U140D-00-IMPLAUSIBLE WHEEL SPEED SIGNALS RECEIVED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN Message) is equal to or greater than 550 rpm.

The above conditions are met for 10 seconds.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and ABS module.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

The ABS module reports via CAN message that one or more wheel speed sensor signals are not available for a
calibrated amount of time.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
ANTILOCK BRAKE MODULE (ABS) DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 304


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF ABS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read ABS DTCs.

Are there any ABS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 305


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U1415-00-IMPLAUSIBLE-MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATA

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

The above conditions are met for 10 seconds.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and BCM.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

The BCM reports via CAN message that the BCM is not programmed with network configuration data.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BCM NOT CONFIGURED
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 306


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF THE BCM IS CONFIGURED
1. With the scan tool, check the BCM configuration.

Is the BCM properly configured?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 307


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE and perform the BCM programming/configuration


procedure.
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U1420-00-IMPLAUSIBLE ELECTRONIC GEAR SELECT SIGNAL RECEIVED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

The above conditions are met for 10 seconds.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and BCM.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:31 Page 308


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

The BCM reports via CAN message that the electronic gear select signal is not available.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
BCM DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF BCM DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read BCM DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 309


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Are there any BCM DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U1424-00-IMPLAUSIBLE ENGINE TORQUE SIGNAL RECEIVED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 310


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

The above conditions are met for 10 seconds.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and PCM.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

The PCM reports via CAN message that the engine torque signal is not available.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
PCM DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 311


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF ENGINE DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read Engine DTCs.

Are there any Engine DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 312


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

time.

U1439-00-IMPLAUSIBLE- MISSING PROGRAMMED AXLE RATIO

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

Above conditions are met for 10 seconds.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the TCM and BCM.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

The BCM reports via CAN message that the axle ratio signal is not available.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BCM NOT CONFIGURED
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 313


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF THE BCM IS CONFIGURED
1. With the scan tool, check the BCM configuration.

Is the BCM properly configured?

Yes

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE and perform the BCM programming/configuration


procedure.
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 314


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U1440-00-IMPLAUSIBLE TRANSFER CASE RATIO HIGH RECEIVED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the BCM and TCM.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

The TCM receives a Signal Not Available (SNA) message from the Body Control Module (BCM) or an
incorrect CAN message from the BCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
BCM DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 315


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF BCM DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 316


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

accordance with the Service Information.


Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

U1441-00-IMPLAUSIBLE TRANSFER CASE RATIO LOW RECEIVED

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

WHEN MONITORED

TCM supply voltage is between 10 and 16 volts.

Ignition switch Run position signal is detected via dedicated circuit to TCM.

Engine speed (CAN message) is greater than or equal to 550 rpm.

There are no ignition switch failures.

There are no CAN bus or CAN message failures between the BCM and TCM.

Monitored continuously once the conditions are met.

SET CONDITION

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 317


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

The TCM receives a Signal Not Available (SNA) message from the Body Control Module (BCM) or an
incorrect CAN message from the BCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES

Possible Causes
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS
BCM DTCS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

Always perform the Pre-Diagnostic Troubleshooting procedure before proceeding. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

DIAGNOSTIC TEST

1. VERIFY THE DTC IS ACTIVE


1. Turn the ignition on.
2. With the scan tool, record and erase the DTCs.
3. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
4. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.

Is the DTC active at this time?

Yes

Go To 2

No

Go To 4
2. CHECK IF BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CAN BUS DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read the BCM DTCs.

Are there any BCM CAN BUS DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Go To 3
3. CHECK IF BCM DTCS ARE PRESENT
1. With the scan tool, read BCM DTCs.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 318


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Are there any BCM DTCs present?

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .

No

Using the schematics as a guide, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) pins,
terminals, and connectors for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Pay particular
attention to all power and ground circuits. If no problems are found, replace the TCM in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .
4. INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
1. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring harness and connectors.
2. Wiggle test the wiring harness and connectors while monitoring the scan tool data relative to this
circuit.
3. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
4. While monitoring the scan tool data relative to this circuit, move the selector switch to each
position several times.
5. Look for the data to change other than as expected or for the DTC to reset.

Were any problems found?

Yes

Repair as necessary.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD
PROCEDURE .

No

Test complete, the condition or conditions that originally set this DTC are not present at this
time.

STANDARD PROCEDURE
AS69RC PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

1. Many transmission symptoms can be caused by a low fluid level. If the fluid level is low, locate and
repair any leaks and fill the transmission to the proper fluid level. Refer to the appropriate Service
Information for the proper repair and fluid fill procedures.

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 319


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

2. Testing should only be performed with the battery fully charged to avoid false diagnosis.
3. With the scan tool, read Engine (PCM) DTCs. If Engine DTCs are present, and perform to the appropriate
diagnostic procedure(s) before proceeding. Refer to the DTC INDEX article .
4. With the scan tool, read Transmission (TCM) DTCs. Record all Stored, Active, and Pending DTC
information. Diagnose any Pending DTC as a matured DTC.
5. Refer to the WHEN MONITORED and SET CONDITIONS for this DTC. DTCs can set at ignition on, at
start up, driving under specific conditions, or after controller diagnostic monitors have run.
6. Perform any applicable Service Bulletins for controller software update information. Some conditions can
be corrected by upgrading the Engine (ECM) or Transmission (TCM) controller software.
7. Check for any Service Information Tune-ups or Service Bulletins for any possible causes that may apply.

Were there any repairs made that fixed the vehicle?

Yes

Testing complete.
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

No

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure.

AS69RC TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

1. Perform the following after completion of a diagnostic repair:


1. Reconnect any disconnected components.
2. Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
3. With the scan tool, erase all Transmission and Engine DTCs.
4. With the scan tool, display Transmission Temperature. Start and run the engine until the
Transmission Temperature is HOT.
5. Check the Transmission fluid level and adjust if necessary. Refer to the appropriate Service
Information for the Fluid Fill procedure.
6. With the scan tool, perform the TCM Quick learn procedure if a transmission component has been
replaced, or the TCM has been replaced or flashed. Perform AS69RC TCM Quick Learn, refer to
STANDARD PROCEDURE .
7. Road test the vehicle allowing the vehicle to shift through all gears.
8. Check for DTCs during and after the road test.

Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) set during the road test?

Yes

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 320


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING and perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure.

No

Repair is complete.

AS69RC TCM PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE

For a complete wiring diagram, refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article .

PROGRAMMING THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)

NOTE: When replacing a Transmission Control Module (TCM), the TCM must be
programmed.

NOTE: Failure to properly program the TCM may result in the illumination of the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) and setting DTC(s).

NOTE: While performing the TCM programming procedure, the vehicle battery must be
maintained between 10 and 16 volts. Ambient temperature must be between 0°
C (32° F) 60° C (140° F). Vehicle must be in Park with brake pedal depressed.

NOTE: After installing a generic TCM into the vehicle and before the software flash has
been performed, it is possible to illuminate the MIL and set a P0602 - TCM Not
Programmed if the engine is started before the flash is completed. If DTC P0602
sets during programming, clear DTCs after the flash has completed.

1. Using the scan tool and Dealer Connect, download the appropriate TCM flash file to the scan tool.
2. Ignition on, engine not running.
3. Vehicle in park with the brake pedal depressed.
4. Following the menu on the scan tool, program the TCM.
5. After the TCM has been programmed, a TCM Quick Lean must be performed. Perform TCM QUICK
LEARN - AS69RC TRANSMISSION. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

NOTE: TCM Quick lean must be performed to prevent setting DTC P1679 -
Calibration Not Learned after TCM programming.

6. With the scan tool, perform PTO Configuration (if equipped).


7. Clear any stored DTCs.
8. Road test the vehicle above 40 m.p.h. for at least two minutes.
9. With the scan tool, select View DTCs in the TCM.

Are there any DTCs present?

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 321


2014 RAM 3500 HD Laramie
2014 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Electrical Diagnostics - AS69RC - Ram
Pickup

Yes

Perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure(s).

No

Test Complete
Perform the TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .

Thursday, November 16, 2017 20:07:32 Page 322

You might also like